Red Hat Training

A Red Hat training course is available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux

Notas de lanzamiento 5.3

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5

Notas de lanzamiento para todas las arquitecturas.

Ryan Lerch

Red Hat Engineering Content Services

Resumen

Este documento presenta las Notas de lanzamiento para Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.

1. Release Notes Updates

This section contains information about Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 that did not make it into the Release Notes included in the distribution.

1.1. Feature Updates

Actualización de auditoría
The audit packages contain user-space utilities for storing and searching the audit records generated by the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel.
These updated packages upgrade the auditd daemon and its utilities to the newer upstream version 1.7.7, which provides the following enhancements over the previous version:
  • the auditctl program, which is used to control the behavior of the audit subsystem, now supports multiple keys in the audit rules.
  • a new utility, ausyscall, which is used to cross-reference syscall name and number information, is now provided in these updated packages.
  • the aureport program has been enhanced to provide reports about keys it sees in audit events.
  • event log parsing for the ausearch and aureport programs has been improved.
  • a sample STIG rules file, named "stig.rules", is newly provided in these updated packages. This file contains the auditctl rules which are loaded whenever the audit daemon is started by init scripts.
In addition to the listed enhancements, these updated audit packages also include a new feature to allow a server to aggregate the logs of remote systems. The following instructions can be followed to enable this feature:
  1. The audispd-plugins package should be installed on all clients (but need not be installed on the server), and the parameters for "remote_server" and "port" should be set in the /etc/audisp/audisp-remote.conf configuration file.
  2. On the server, which aggregates the logs, the "tcp_listen_port" parameter in the /etc/audit/auditd.conf file must be set to the same port number as the clients.
  3. Because the auditd daemon is protected by SELinux, semanage (the SELinux policy management tool) must also have the same port listed in its database. If the server and client machines had all been configured to use port 1000, for example, then running this command would accomplish this: 
    semanage port -a -t audit_port_t -p tcp 1000
  4. The final step in configuring remote log aggregation is to edit the /etc/hosts.allow configuration file to inform tcp_wrappers which machines or subnets the auditd daemon should allow connections from.
wpa_supplicant re-base
wpa_supplicant has been re-based to the latest upstream stable version 0.5.10 and include backported fixes for a number of issues that may affect users of wireless drivers that depend on the kernel's mac80211 wireless stack. Specific fixes and enhancements include:
  • Support for a D-Bus control interface has been added. D-Bus is a popular lightweight Inter-Process Communication mechanism, and the addition of this control interface to wpa_supplicant allows applications (like NetworkManager) to more reliably control the supplicant.
  • Cisco Aironet 340/350 wireless cards were not able to successfully connect to 802.1x-enabled wireless networks, often used in security sensitive organizations. During the connection process at the 4-Way WPA handshake stage, sending encryption keys to the driver would clear the wireless card firmware's authentication state. With this update, the supplicant uses an alternate method of supplying encryption keys to the kernel driver, allowing authentication state to be preserved in the Aironet firmware and 802.1x connections to succeed.
  • Kernel drivers utilizing the new mac80211 wireless stack were sometimes unable to connect to wireless networks, either failing to find the requested network, or prematurely ending communication with the wireless access point during the connection process. Some drivers were prone to reporting multiple disconnection events during the association process, confusing the supplicant and causing long timeouts. The supplicant also did not sufficiently instruct the driver to disconnect when switching access points. This update fixes these issues and, in conjunction with kernel driver updates, allow more wireless hardware to successfully connect to wireless networks.
NetworkManager re-base
NetworkManager has been updated to version 0.7.0. This update provides the following fixes and enhancements:
  • NetworkManager would not display a LEAP password, even when the user selected the "show password" option. This has been fixed through a rebase to NetworkManager 0.7.
  • During the beta phase, a version of NetworkManager was unable to automatically start network interfaces for which "ONBOOT=no" was present in the ifcfg file. NetworkManager now ignores this value unless "NM_RESPECT_ONBOOT=yes" is also present.
  • a NetworkManager plug-in was named for its upstream repository. This could cause end-users to mistake the plug-in for an un-supported addition to Red Hat Enterprise Linux. This plug-in has been renamed to "ifcfg-rh".
  • with this update, support has been added to NetworkManager for wired 802.1x authentication. However, after creating an 802.1x-enabled wired connection in the NetworkManager connection editor, it may be necessary to log out, then log back in before the connection can be used from the NetworkManager applet menu.
  • NetworkManager attempted to set a hostname, but only after X had already done so. The user could not then open new windows because the authority files had been set by X with a different hostname. NetworkManager no longer sets hostnames.
  • an update for NetworkManager that was available in the beta phase would change the run level enablement of the package during installation, and thus prevent NetworkManager from starting. NetworkManager no longer changes run level enablements during installation.
  • on a system with more than one network adapter, network keys saved by the user while connecting with one adapter would not be available when the user attempted to connect with the other adapter. NetworkManager can now retrieve and use network keys saved for a different adapter on the same network.
  • previously, NetworkManager would not always prompt the user for a new network key if the protocol or key of a wireless network changed. Although NetworkManager would wait for a new key, it would not always open a dialog box and allow the user to provide one. NetworkManager will now open a dialog box when needed.
  • several bug fixes and enhancements for NetworkManager were available upstream. NetworkManager has been rebased to version 0.7 to incorporate these improvements, including mobile broadband functionality, Phase2 WPA support, and static IP functionality.
  • NetworkManager would would cause a segmentation fault when resuming a session. This was caused by the HAL dropping privileges before connecting to D-Bus, meaning that the HAL could not send signals to NetworkManager. NetworkManager now explicitly permits signals from the HAL.
  • sometimes, X would freeze if the NetworkManager menu and a keyring manager window were open at the same time. This updated package includes a patch from upstream that prevents this behavior.
  • if NetworkManager requires a network key from the user, it will open a pop-up window. However, the applet previously could not steal focus from metacity and would remain in the background. The window was therefore not obvious to the user. The applet now opens in the foreground, alerting the user to take action.
  • when resuming, NetworkManager could sometimes re-establish a wireless connection, but not a route. A fix for this problem from upstream has been included in this update.
  • NetworkManager did not previously support Cisco Airo Wi-Fi cards, as these devices did not respond to NetworkManager's attempts to detect them. NetworkManager can now detect and use these cards.
  • the NetworkManager applet would wake up and redraw its icon once per second, even when NetworkManager was not active. Now, the applet will not wake up unless NetworkManager is running.
  • NetworkManager 0.7 connects faster than libnotify can provide a notification bubble. When this happens, the bubble will appear at the top left corner of the screen, rather than under the taskbar. NetworkManager notification bubbles are now delayed for a few seconds, allowing libnotify to react.
dbus-glib re-base
The dbus-glib integration library has been re-based to version 0.73.8 This update provides support to updated versions of NetworkManager and also implements the following bugfix and enhancements
  • cleanup of the DBusGProxy objects treated pending remote method calls incorrectly and may have resulted in freeing invalid memory. Consequently, processes using DBusGProxy objects may have crashed when the DBusGProxy object was freed. With this update dbus-glib correctly handles the destruction of DBusGProxy objects, resolving this issue.
  • two new function calls, dbus_g_proxy_call_with_timeout and dbus_g_proxy_begin_call_with_timeout, have been added to dbus-glib providing the ability to specify a timeout when making a request to a remote service.
  • dbus-binding-tool now ignores namespaced Extensible Markup Language (XML) nodes when processing introspection definition files.
sincronización de sudo
sudo ha sido sincronizado a la versión principal 1.6.9. Esta versión de sudo soporta ahora LDAP, y permite la búsqueda de subárbol en lugar de sólo una búsqueda de base (i.e. a nivel de árbol únicamente) para derechos sudo. Esto permite a los administradores clasificar derechos sudo en un árbol, facilitando al usuario el manejo de privilegios.

Nota

the env_reset sudoers option from newer sudo will reset the PATH environment variable. This is different from the behaviour in sudo-1.9.8. To keep the old behaviour simply add PATH variable into env_keep in sudoers file.
LVM-based Cluster mirroring
With this update, the ability to create LVM mirrors in a cluster environment (i.e. while using CLVM) is now available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux It provides for simultaneous access from multiple cluster machines, like when using a cluster-aware file system. This solution is compatible with existing single-machine mirrors. When switching a mirrored logical volume between single-machine and cluster-aware, no resynchronization is necessary.

1.2. Resolved Issues

  • system-config-network requires the fonts provided with xorg-x11-fonts-Type1 in order to display. However, this fonts package was not previously set as a dependency for system-config-network and it was therefore possible (for example, in the case of a minimal installation) for system-config-network to be present on a system and yet unable to function because these fonts were missing. This update sets xorg-x11-fonts-Type1 as a dependency for system-config-network to ensure that these fonts will be available and that system-config-network will display correctly.
  • In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, a 64-bit version of httpd was included in addition to the existing 32-bit httpd in the PowerPC architecture. If a user installed both versions, an httpd conflict would occur, preventing httpd from functioning properly.
    To resolve this issue, the 64-bit version of httpd has been removed from this release. Any systems with the previous 64-bit version of httpd installed should remove the package before upgrade.

1.3. Driver Updates

  • the SCSI device handler infrastructure (scsi_dh) has been updated, providing added support for LSI RDAC SCSI based storage devices.
  • the tg3 driver for Broadcom Tigon3 ethernet devices has been updated to version 3.93. This applies several upstream changes for new hardware. However, the 5785 hardware is not fully supported. This device may be detected by the driver, but lack of PHY support may cause these chips to not function correctly and may require the user disable any on-board 5785 cards in the system BIOS.
  • scsi-target-utils now features iSCSI Extensions for RDMA (iSER), which is based on the Linux Target (tgt) framework. iSER is included in this release as a Technology Preview, and provides capabilities for both single and multiple portals on different subnets. Note, however, that there are known bugs with using multiple portals on the same subnet.
    To set up an iSER target component, install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel packages. The corresponding library package for your system's Infiniband hardware is also required. For example, in HCAs that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for HCAs using the mthca driver the libmthca package is need.
  • The MPT Fusion driver has been updated to version 3.04.06, providing the following bugfixes and enhancements:
    • Previously, the MPT Fusion driver always allocated I/O resources, even if they were not required, which may have caused issues in low resource environments. With this update, the driver now uses the pci_enable_device_mem and pci_enable_device functions to differentiate the resource allocations.
    • Previously, the kernel would panic when the mptsas and mptcl modules were loaded in parallel. With this update, this issue has been resolved.
    • Previously, system power state changes (such as hibernation and standby) were not functioning correctly with 106XE controllers. With this update, the driver has been modified to free and allocate resources in power management entry points.

1.4. Virtualization

  • Un error en la pila del controlador IDE/ATA que impedía el arranque de un sistema cuando se utilizaba kernel-xen desde el arranque dentro del entorno kdump ha sido corregido. En lanzamientos anteriores, esto se presentaba si el sistema encontraba un pánico de kernel cuando un dispositivo IDE realizaba un E/S y el dispositivo IDE estaba siendo controlado por un controlador de dispositivo diferente a libata.
  • A softlockup may have occurred when creating a guest with a large amount of memory. Consequently, a call trace of the error was displayed on both the dom0 and the other guest. In this update, this issue has been resolved.
  • On systems with large amounts of memory (ie 256GB or more), setting up the dom0 could exhaust the hypervisor memory heap. To work around this, the xenheap and dom0_size command line arguments had to be set to valid values for the system. In this update, the hypervisor has been updated to automatically set these values to a default of 32GB, which resolves this issue.
  • Due to technical problems with passing TX checksum offload information between paravirtual domains, the use of TX checksum offload in conjunction with NAT for traffic originating from another domain is not supported. TX checksum offload can be used together with NAT as long as the NAT rule is applied in the domain where the traffic originates.
    Note that this also applies to fully virtualised domains using paravirtual network drivers. Fully virtualised domains using fully virtualised drivers are not affected as they do not support TX checksum offload at all.

1.5. Known Issues

  • Previous versions of the 5.3 Release Notes stated that the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM unit on Dell PowerEdge R905 servers does not work with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. This note was included by error, and does not apply to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • kdump now serializes drive creation registration with the rest of the kdump process. Consequently, kdump may hang waiting for IDE drives to be initialized. In these cases, it is recommended that IDE disks not be used with kdump.
  • Improvements have been made to the 'nv' driver, enhancing suspend and resume support on some systems equipped with nVidia GeForce 8000 and 9000 series devices. Due to technical limitations, this will not enable suspend/resume on all hardware.
  • pirut sorts some package lists using the textual representation of a package, which is inconsistent with the textual representation method used in yum. As such, some package lists (e.g. Optional Packages list) in pirut may not display names in alphabetical order.
  • The Hypervisor outputs messages regarding attempts by any guest to write to an MSR. Such messages contain the statement Domain attempted WRMSR. These messages can be safely ignored; furthermore, they are rate limited and should pose no performance risk.
  • When upgrading from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Workstation to 5 Server, OpenOffice will no longer work correctly with SELinux. This is because the Red Hat Enterprise Linux version of OpenOffice is built using an incorrect library. As a result, SELinux will prevent OpenOffice from accessing any shared libraries, causing OpenOffice to fail.
    To work around this, update the SELinux context to allow OpenOffice to access shared libraries. To do so, run the following commands:
    semanage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib/ooo-1.1(/.*)?'
    semanage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib64/ooo-1.1(/.*)?'
    restorecon -Rv /usr/lib/ooo-1.19
    restorecon -Rv /usr/lib64/ooo-1.19
    Alternatively, you can also upgrade your OpenOffice to a correct version compatible with SELinux in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. You can do this by subscribing to the "Productivity App" child channel in Red Hat Network and running the following command:
    yum install openoffice-{base,calc,draw,emailmerge,graphicfilter,headless,impress,javafilter,math,pyuno,writer,xsltfilter}
  • If jumbo frames are enabled on your system, a kernel panic will occur if you attempt to unload the bnx2 module.
  • Red Hat advises that you avoid removing a block device from a guest while the device is in use. Doing so causes Xend to lose domain information for the guest.
  • Accessing the right-click menu of the NetworkManager GNOME applet may cause the GNOME Keyring Unlock dialog to appear. When this occurs, no XII applications can receive keyboard or mouse input.
    To recover from this, switch to a virtual terminal using Ctrl+Alt+F1. Log in as the affected user (or root) and run killall -9 nm-applet. Then, switch back to X11 using Ctrl+Alt+F7. Your system should be able to receive keyboard and mouse input, although Red Hat recommends that you logout and login again to allow the system to fully recover.
  • On Altix systems with an ATI FireMV graphics adapter, the GUI console may not display on one of the VGA connectors. To workaround this issue, switch to using the other VGA connector on the dongle.
  • It has been determined that 1024 byte objects in kernel slab may be lost when a call to pipe() fails. The problem occurs because pipe() allocates pipe files, and then tries to get free file descriptors for them. If the process is out of file descriptors, pipe() fails, but it does not clean up properly. A fix for this problem is planned for a forthcoming 5.3 kernel update.
    To workaround this issue, ensure that the process calling do_pipe has adequate file descriptors allocated.
    This issue has been observed with multipathd in particular. To avoid the problem with multipathd, calculate the number of file descriptors (FDs) required using the formula: "FDs = Number of Paths + 32". If the result is greater than the default value of 1024, then the max_fds value in the defaults section of multipath.conf should be set to the previously calculated value. For example, if there are 255 LUNs with 8 paths each, the line to be added to the defaults section of multipath.conf would be: 
    	max_fds  2072
  • The libcmpiutil-devel package depends on tog-pegasus-devel, which for the Red Hat Enterprise Linux Desktop product is only available from the Workstation option. Therefore, any attempt to install the libcmpiutil-devel package on a system that does not have a Subscription including the Workstation option or is not subscribed to the Workstation channel on the Red Hat Network, will fail with an unresolved dependency error.
  • It is possible in rare circumstances, for makedumpfile to produce erroneous results but not have them reported. This is due to the fact that makedumpfile processes its output data through a pipeline consisting of several stages. If makedumpfile fails, the other stages will still succeed, effectively masking the failure. Should a vmcore appear corrupt, and makedumpfile is in use, it is recommended that the core be recorded without makedumpfile and a bug be reported.
  • An issue may be encountered when using system-config-cluster to configure a Postgres 8 resource agent, resulting in the postgresql service failing to start. To include a Postgres resource agent in your cluster, please check the man page for the agent, and edit the cluster.conf file in an editor, then update the cluster with the new configuration file using the appropriate cman_tool command.
  • Due to outstanding driver issues with hardware encryption acceleration, users of Intel WiFi Link 4965, 5100, 5150, 5300, and 5350 wireless cards are advised to disable hardware accelerated encryption using module parameters. Failure to do so may result in the inability to connect to Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) protected wireless networks after connecting to WiFi Protected Access (WPA) protected wireless networks.
    To do so, add the following options to /etc/modprobe.conf: 
    alias wlan0 iwlagn
options iwlagn swcrypto50=1 swcrypto=1
    (where wlan0 is the default interface name of the first Intel WiFi Link device)
  • kdump now restarts when CPUs or DIMMs are hot-added to a system. If multiple items are added at the same time, several sequential restarts may be encountered. This behavior is intentional, as it minimizes the time-frame where a crash may occur while memory or processors are not being tracked by kdump.

1.6. Technology Previews

Software based Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE)
The Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) driver (fcoe.ko), along with libfc, provides the ability to run FCoE over a standard Ethernet card. This capability is provided as a technical preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
To enable this feature, you must login by writing the network interface name to the /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/create file, for example: 
echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/create
To logout, write the network interface name to the /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/destroy file, for example: 
echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/destroy
For further information on software based FCoE refer to: http://www.open-fcoe.org/openfc/wiki/index.php/FCoE_Initiator_Quickstart.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 ofrece soporte completo para FCoE en tres implementaciones de hardware especializadas. Estas son: el controlador Cisco fnic, el controlador Emulex lpfc y el controlador Qlogic qla2xx.
iSER Support
iSER support, allowing for block storage transfer across a network, has been added to the scsi-target-utils package as a Technology Preview. In this release, single portal and multiple portals on different subnets are supported. There are known bugs when using multiple portals on the same subnet.
To set up the iSER target component install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel RPM. The library package for the InfiniBand hardware that is being used is also required. For example: host channel adapters that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for host channel adapters using the mthca driver the libmthca package is needed.
There is also a known issue relating to connection timeouts in some situations. Refer to Red Hat Bugzilla #470627 for more information on this issue.

3. Feature Updates

Cifrado de dispositivo de bloque
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 incluye soporte para cifrado mediante la especificación de LUKS (del inglés, Linux Unified Key Setup). Descifrar un dispositivo protege todos los datos en un dispositivo de bloque contra acceso no autorizado, incluso si el dispositivo ha sido quitado físicamente de un sistema. Para acceder al contenido de un dispositivo cifrado, el usuario debe proporcionar una contraseña o clave como autenticación.
Para información sobre la configuración del cifrado de disco, consulte el capítulo 28 del Manual de Instalación de Red Hat Enterprise Linux en: http://redhat.com/docs/
Pila de protocolo WiFi mac80211 802.11a/b/g (mac80211)
La pila mac80211 (antes conocida como la pila devicescape/d80211) es ahora soportada por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Ésta activa el controlador inalámbrico iwlwifi 4965GN para hardware WiFi Link 4965 de Intel, el cual permite a ciertos dispositivos inalámbricos conectarse con cualquier red WiFi.
Aunque el componente mac80211 es soportado en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, los símbolos no están incluidos en la lista blanca de símbolos para el kernel.
Sistema de archivos global 2 (GFS2)
GFS2 es un avance incremental de GFS. Esta actualización aplica varias mejoras importantes que requieren un cambio en el formato del sistema de archivo en disco. Los sistemas de archivos GFS se pueden convertir a GFS2 mediante la utilidad gfs2_convert, la cual actualiza los metadatos de un sistema de archivos GFS.
En Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, GFS2 se ofrecía solamente como módulo de kernel para fines de evaluación. Ahora en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, GFS2 hace parte del paquete de kernel. Si los módulos de kernel GFS2 de Red Hat Linux 5.2 han sido instalados, deberán quitarse para utilizar GFS2 en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
Mejoras en soporte de disco de controlador
Un disco de controlador, proporcionado por un OEM, es un archivo de imagen única (*.img), que consta de RPM de múltiples controladores y módulos de kernel. Estos controladores se utilizan durante la instalación para soportar hardware que de otra manera no se reconocería. Los RPM están instalados en el sistema y están ubicados dentro del initrd para que sean admitidos cuando la máquina reinicia.
Con Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, la instalación puede detectar automáticamente la presencia de un disco de controlador basado en su etiqueta de sistema de archivos y utilizar el contenido de ese disco durante la instalación. Esta conducta es controlada por la instalación de opción de línea de comando dlabel=on, la cual permite la búsqueda automática. Todos los dispositivos de bloque con la etiqueta de sistema de archivos OEMDRV son examinados y los controladores son cargados desde estos dispositivos en el orden que se encuentren.
Tabla Firmware de arranque iSCSI
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 soporta completamente la Tabla Firmware de arranque iSCSI (iBFT) , la cual permite iniciar desde dispositivos iSCSI. Este soporte requiere que los discos iSCSI (nodos) ya no se marquen para iniciar automáticamente; el sistema instalado ya no se conectará automáticamente a discos iSCSI cuando entre al nivel de ejecución 3 ó 5.
iSCSI suele utilizarse para sistema de archivos de root, en cuyo caso este cambio no hace ninguna diferencia ya que initrd conectará los discos iSCI requeridos incluso antes de entrar el nivel de ejecución.
No obstante, si los discos iSCSI necesitan ser montados en directorios sin root, por ejemplo, /home o /srv, entonces este cambio lo sorprenderá, porque el sistema instalado ya no se conectará automáticamente a discos iSCSI que no se utilicen para el sistema de archivos de root.
El uso de discos iSCSI montados en directorios sin root es aún posible, pero se debe aplicar una de las siguientes soluciones temporales:
  1. Instalar el sistema sin utilizar discos iSCSI montados en directorios sin root y luego configurar manualmente los discos pertinentes y puntos de montaje.
  2. Arrancar el sistema instalado en el nivel de ejecución 1, y marcar los discos iSCSI *utilizados para el sistema de archivos de root * para inicio automático con el siguiente comando una vez por disco:
    iscsiadm -m node -T target-name -p ip:port -o update -n node.startup -v automatic
rhythmbox
el reproductor de audio rhythmbox ha sido actualizado a la versión 0.11.6. Esta actualización ofrece la opción de utilizar la marca registrada GStreamer paraplugins.
Sincronización lftp
lftp ha sido sincronizada a la versión 3.7.1. Esto aplica varias actualizaciones de funciones principales y corrige errores, incluyendo:
  • Se ha corregido un defecto de seguridad en la forma de scripts citados lftp generados por mirror --script (lo cual podría causar una escalada de privilegios no autorizados).
  • Utilizando lftp con la opción -c ya no hará que lftp se cuelgue.
  • lftp ya no daña archivos durante una transferencia al utilizar sftp.
For more information on lftp updates applied in this release, refer to http://lftp.yar.ru/news.html.
Auditoría de entrada TTY
Ahora se admite auditoría de entrada TTY. Si un proceso se marca para auditoría de entrada TTY, la información que lee desde los TTY es auditada; esto se mostrará en los registros de auditoría tipo TTY.
Usted puede utilizar el módulo pam_tty_audit para señalar un proceso (y su proceso hijo) para auditoría de entrada TTY. Para instrucciones de cómo hacer esto, consulte man pam_tty_audit(8).
Los registros de auditoría TTY contienen las pulsaciones exactas leídas por el proceso auditado. Para facilitar la decodificación, bash audita la línea de comando exacta con el tipo de registro USER_TTY.
The "TTY" audit records contain all data read by audited processes from the TTY. This includes data inserted into the input stream by the TIOCSTI ioctl system call.
Sincronización de Systemtap
SystemTap ha sido sincronizado a la versión 0.7.2. Esta actualización de SystemTap introduce varias mejoras menores, junto con algunas funcionalidades importantes. Dichas funcionalidades incluyen:
  • SystemTap ahora soporta sondeo simbólico en arquitecturas x86, x86-64 y PowerPC. Esto permite a scripts de SystemTap ubicar sondeos en aplicaciones de espacio de usuario y bibliotecas compartidas. Como resultado, SystemTap puede ahora proporcionar el mismo nivel de sondeo de depuración en algunas aplicaciones de espacio-usuario como sondeo de kernel.
    Por ejemplo, si coreutils-debuginfo es instalado, usted puede imprimir un callgraph del comando ls mediante /usr/share/doc/systemtap-versión/examples/general/callgraph.stp, como en:
    stap para-callgraph.stp 'process("ls").function("*")' -c 'ls -l'
    Con el fin de reducir la probabilidad de una versión no coincidente entre el binario y sus RPM debuginfo, Red Hat aconseja usar la variable de entorno SYSTEMTAP_DEBUGINFO_PATH al valor +:.debug:/usr/lib/debug:build.
    SystemTap's support for symbolic probes also extends to markers placed into the kernel of this release. To use these markers, load the kernel-trace kernel module in /etc/rc.local (using modprobe kernel-trace).
  • SystemTap también soporta servicios de compilación remotos. Esto permite a un sólo computador en la red actuar como un servidor debuginfo/compiler para clientes locales de SystemTap. Los clientes auto-localizan el servidor con mDNS (avahi), y sólo necesitan los paquetes systemtap-client y systemtap-runtime para funcionar.
    En el momento, esta funcionalidad no utiliza mecanismos de seguridad como de encriptado. De tal modo que se recomienda utilizar servicios de compilación remotos únicamente dentro de redes confiables. Para mayor información, consulte man stap-server.
  • La actualización de kernel para este lanzamiento incluye una extensión API de kernel API, la cual mejora de modo significativo el apagado de los scripts del SystemTap. Esta extensión de kernel API agregada, elimina la sincronización innecesaria entre las operaciones de eliminación de un sondeo individual. Como resultado, los scripts del SystemTap que tienen cientos de sondeos de kernel son procesados mucho más rápido.
    Esto es especialmente útil para administradores que utilizan scripts con sondeos con comodines, los cuales capturan numerosos eventos de kernel, tales como probe syscall.* {}.
Para una lista completa de actualizaciones de SystemTap incluidas en este lanzamiento, consulte la siguiente URL:
http://sources.redhat.com/git/gitweb.cgi?p=systemtap.git;a=blob_plain;f=NEWS;hb=rhel53
Actualización del administrador de cluster
La utilidad administrador de Cluster (cman) ha sido actualizada a la versión 2.0.97. Aplica correcciones de varios errores y mejoras, las más importantes son:
  • cman utiliza ahora las siguientes versiones de firmware:APC AOS v3.5.7 y APC rpdu v3.5.6. Corrige un error que impedía a APC 7901 utilizar correctamente Protocolo Simple de Administración de Red (SNMP).
  • Los agentes fence_drac, fence_ilo, fence_egenera y fence_bladecenter ahora soportan ssh.
  • los archivos clave fence_xvmd ahora se vuelven a cargar sin reiniciar.
  • Un sólo método fence ahora puede soportar hasta 8 dispositivos fence.
Sincronización de RPM
El administrador de paquetes de Redhat (RPM) está sincronizado ahora a la versión principal de Fedora 9. Ahora rpm agrega macro archivos específicos de arquitectura secundaria en sistemas de múltiples arquitecturas. Además, rpm cumple con todos los criterios de certificación para inclusión en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
Esta actualización también aplica varias mejoras principales y correcciones de errores para rpm, incluyendo:
  • rpm ya no genera .rpmnew ni .rpmsave archivos innecesarios en sistemas de múltiples arquitecturas.
  • Un error en la función rpmgiNext() de rpm evitó el reporte correcto de un error. Esta actualización trata la semántica correcta para reportar un error, asegurándose de este modo, que rpm devuelva el código de salida correcto en todos los casos.
Distribución Open Fabrics Enterprise (OFED) / opensm
opensm ha sido actualizado a la versión principal 3.2, incluyendo un cambio menor a la biblioteca opensm API.
  • El formato del archivo opensm.conf ha cambiado. Si usted ha hecho modificaciones personales a su rpm opensm.conf, rpm instalará automáticamente el nuevo archivo opensm.conf como /etc/ofed/opensm.conf.rpmnew. Usted necesitará migrar sus modificaciones a este archivo y luego sustituir el archivo existente opensm.conf con el resultado.
  • Red Hat sigue la pista al código de base de la distribución de Open Fabrics Enterprise (OFED) con el fin de proporcionar un máximo nivel de habilitación a esta tecnología aún en evolución. Como consecuencia de ello, Red Hat sólo puede preservar la compatibilidad API/ABI a través de lanzamientos menores en la medida que el proyecto principal lo hace. Esta es una excepción a la práctica general en el desarrollo de Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
    Por tal motivo, la creación de aplicaciones en la parte superior de la pila de OFED (enumeradas más adelante), podría necesitar recompilación o incluso cambios de código a nivel de fuente cuando se traslada de un lanzamiento menor de Red Hat Enterprise Linux a uno más reciente.
    Generalmente esto no es necesario para otras aplicaciones construidas en la pila de software de Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Los componentes afectados son:
    • dapl
    • compat-dapl
    • ibsim
    • ibutils
    • infiniband-diags
    • libcxgb3
    • libehca
    • libibcm
    • libibcommon
    • libibmad
    • libibumad
    • libibverbs
    • libipathverbs
    • libmlx4
    • libmthca
    • libnes
    • librmdacm
    • libsdp
    • mpi-selector
    • mpitests
    • mstflint
    • mvapich
    • mvapich2
    • ofed-docs
    • openib
    • openib-mstflint
    • openib-perftest
    • openib-tvflash
    • openmpi
    • opensm
    • perftest
    • qlvnictools
    • qperf
    • rds-tools (future)
    • srptools
    • tvflash
Sincronización Net-SNMP
Net-SNMP has been re-based to upstream version 5.3.2.2. This update adds Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) support (as per RFC 3873, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3873.txt) and introduces two new configuration options (to be used in /etc/snmpd.conf):
  • dontLogTCPWrappersConnects — suprime el registro de intentos de conexión.
  • v1trapaddress — enables administrators to set an agent's IP address inside outgoing SNMP traps.
Esta actualización también aplica varias correcciones de errores desde el grupo de desarrollo principal, incluyendo:
  • El demonio snmpd funciona ahora adecuadamente en sistemas con más de 255 interfaces de red. Además, snmpd ahora también reporta un error cuando está configurado para escuchar en cualquier puerto mayor de 65535.
  • Se ha corregido una condición de carrera que hacía que el demonio snmpd filtrara descriptores de archivo al leer desde /proc.
  • El demonio snmpd ahora reporta correctamente los ID de objeto (OID) hrProcessorLoad, incluso en hardware de múltiples CPU. Observe, sin embargo, que tarda aproximadamente un minuto desde el inicio del demonio para calcular el valor del OID.
  • El paquete net-snmp-devel depende ahora del paquete lm_sensors-devel.
Certificado de FIPS para sincronización de OpenSSL
Los paquetes openssl actualizan la biblioteca de OpenSSL a una versión principal más reciente, la cual está actualmente en proceso de validación de los Estándares federales de procesamiento de la información (FIPS-140-2). El modo FIPS está inhabilitado por defecto, para garantizar que la biblioteca OpenSSL mantenga paridad de funcionalidad y compatibilidad ABI con los lanzamientos anteriores de los paquetes openssl en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
Esta actualización también aplica las siguientes correcciones del grupo principal:
  • Por defecto, la compresión zlib se utiliza para conexiones SSL y TLS. En arquitecturas IBM System z con la ayuda central de procesador para función criptográfica (CPACF), la compresión se convirtió en la parte principal de la carga de la CPU y la realización total era determinada por la velocidad de compresión (no por la velocidad de la encriptación). Cuando la compresión se inhabilita, el rendimiento total es mucho mayor. En estos paquetes actualizados, la compresión zlib para conexiones SSL y TLS se puede inhabilitar con la variable de entorno OPENSSL_NO_DEFAULT_ZLIB. Para conexiones TLS en una red lenta, es mejor tener activa la compresión, para que la cantidad de datos que vayan a ser transferidos sea menor.
  • Al utilizar el comando openssl con las opciones s_client y s_server, el archivo por defecto de certificados CA (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt), no fue leído. Esto produjo certificados que no pasaron la verificación. Para que los certificados pasen la verificación, la opción -CAfile /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt tendría que ser utilizada. En estos paquetes actualizados, el archivo por defecto de certificados CA es leído y ya no se necesita especificar con la opción -CAfile.
Sincronización yum
yum ha sido sincronizado a la versión principal 3.2.18. Esta actualización mejora la velocidad a que yum funciona, por lo tanto alivia el problema presentado por el número siempre creciente de paquetes incluidos en cada lanzamiento menor. Además, esta actualización también presenta el comando reinstall, mejora la interfaz para varios comandos y corrige varios errores, incluyendo:
  • Cualquier comando yum fallaría si la opción -c se utilizara para especificar un archivo de configuración residente en una dirección de página web (http). El error está corregido ahora.
  • Una función checkSignal() en yum llamaba una función de salida incorrecta; como tal, salir de yum daría como resultado un rastreo en su lugar. En este lanzamiento, yum sale correctamente.
Sincronización de flash-plugin
El paquete flash-plugin ha sido sincronizado a la versión 10.0.12.36. Esta actualización aplica varias correcciones de seguridad que fueron incluidas en una actualización anterior ASYNC de flash-plugin. Además, dicha actualización también contiene Adobe Flash Player 10, el cual incluye las siguientes correcciones y mejoras:
  • Estabilidad mejorada en la plataforma de Linux al corregir un problema de carrera en la salida de sonido.
  • Nuevo soporte para filtros de personalización y efectos, transformación nativa de 3D y animación, procesamiento de audio avanzado, un motor nuevo y más flexible y aceleración de hardware de GPU.
Para mayor información acerca de esta actualización, consulte las notas de lanzamiento Adobe Flash Player 10 en el siguiente enlace:
http://www.adobe.com/support/documentation/en/flashplayer/10/Flash_Player_10_Release_Notes.pdf
sincronización de gdb
Ahora gdb ha sido sincronizado a la versión 6.8. Esto aplica varias actualizaciones de funcionalidad de la línea de desarrollo principal y corrige errores, los más importantes son: soporte para breakpoints dentro de constructores de plantilla C++ y funciones en línea.
For more information on gdb updates applied in this release, refer to http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/gdb/NEWS?rev=1.259.2.1&cvsroot=src.
Instrucción Basada en Muestreo de procesadores AMD Family10h
Nuevo hardware con soporte para procesadores AMD Family10h ha sido agregado para Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Estos nuevos CPU de AMD admiten instrucciones basadas en muestreo (IBS). El soporte IBS requiere cambios en el controlador oProfile para recopilar esta información e inicializar los nuevos modelos de registros específicos (MSR) asociados con estas nuevas características.
Esta actualización agrega las nuevas muestras de perfiles IBS_FETCH e IBS_OP para los bufffer por CPU y los buffer de eventos del controlador de oProfile. También se han agregado nuevas entradas de control a /dev/oprofile para controlar el muestreo de IBS. Estos cambios son compatibles con la versión anterior única del controlador PMC y una revisión independiente está disponible para oProfile 0.9.3 para que utilice esta nueva información.
Para mayor información sobre IBS consulte el artículo: Instruction-Based Sampling: A New Performance Analysis Technique for AMD Family 10h Processors, November 19, 2007
Sincronización de Squid
Squid ha sido sincronizada a la última versión principal estable (STABLE21). Esta actualización trata varios errores, incluyendo:
  • El script squid init siempre devolvía incorrectamente un código de salida de 0. Este error ya está corregido, haciendo a squid compatible con la Base Estándar para Linux.
  • Usando la directiva refresh_stale_hit se produce el mensaje de error Clock going backwards para aparecer en el archivo de registro squid.
  • El proceso de instalación squid no establecía la propiedad correcta del directorio /usr/local/squid. Con este lanzamiento, el usuario squid es ahora el propietario por defecto de /usr/local/squid.
  • Cada vez que squid intente utilizar la función hash_lookup(), podría anular con signal 6.
  • Utilizando squid_unix_group podría hacer que squid se bloquee.
Evento modelo multiproceso en Apache
httpd, el paquete del servidor HTTP de Apache, incluye ahora el evento experimental de modelo multiproceso (MPM). Dicho modelo mejora el rendimiento al utilizar hilos dedicados a manejar conexiones keepalive.
sincronización libgomp
libgomp ha sido sincronizado a la versión 4.3.2-7.el5. La sincronización mejora el rendimiento OpenMP y agrega soporte para la versión 3.0 de OpenMP cuando se utiliza con el compilador gcc43.
Capacidad de destino iSCSI
La capacidad de destino iSCSI entregada como parte del marco de destino (tgt) de Linux, se traslada de la muestra de tecnología al soporte total en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. El marco de destino de Linux permite a un sistema servir a nivel de bloque de almacenamiento SCSI a otros sistemas que tienen un iniciador SCSI. Esta funcionalidad está siendo implementada en un principio como un destino iSCSI de Linux, sirviendo de almacenamiento en una red de iniciador iSCSI.
Para configurar el destino de iSCSI, instale las scsi-target-utils de RPM y consulte las instrucciones en: /usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README y /usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README.iscsi

4. Driver Updates

4.1. All Architectures

General Driver/Platform Updates

  • El controlador de audio de alta definición Intel® en ALSA ha sido actualizado.
  • El soporte de audio en la interfaz multimedia de alta definición (HDMI) en chipsets integrados AMD ATI ha sido actualizado.
  • Las siguientes tabletas gráficas Wacom están ahora soportadas a través de los controladores linuxwacom:
    • Cintiq 20WSX
    • Intuos3 4x6
  • el controlador lpfc para adaptadores de bus de host para canal de fibra Emulex ha sido actualizado a la versión 8.2.0.33.2p. Esto aplica varios cambios de la línea de desarrollo principal, los más importantes son:
    • ahora se utiliza el socket de NETLINK_SCSITRANSPORT
    • Se resolvió acceso de nodo no inicializado.
    • se corrigió un error que originó la falla de echotest al habilitar NPIV.
    • ahora fcauthd 1.19 se requiere para autenticación de canal de fibra.
  • dm-multipath tiene ahora un soporte de buzón de entrada para IBM DS4000.
  • ahora el controlador ixgbe soporta al adaptador de doble puerto 82598AT y al adaptador 82598 CX4.
  • el controlador jsm ha sido actualizado con el fin de agregar soporte para adaptadores E/S Digi Neo PCI Express 4 HiProfile.
  • hp-ilo: controlador agregado, ofrece soporte para tecnología HP Integrated Lights Out (iLO).
  • El controlador radeon_tp se incluye en esta versión. Este controlador permite el uso de los chipsets ATI R500/R600.
    El controlador también presenta las siguientes características:
    • Configuración de modo en chipsets R500/R600
    • Aceleración 2D en chipsets R500
    • Aceleración de Shadow framebuffer en chipsets R600
  • El controlador powernow-k8 se incluye en este lanzamiento como un módulo de carga. Esto garantiza que los marcos de controladores existentes (tales como el Modelo de actualización de controlador de Red Hat y Dell DKMS) puedan entregar a los usuarios actualizaciones como paquetes RPM sin que ellos actualicen el kernel.
  • Para este lanzamiento, Red Hat vuelve a añadir pnm2ppa con el fin de ofrecer soporte a las impresoras antiguas. No obstante, tenga en cuenta que este soporte está depreciado y se descontinuará en futuras versiones.
  • El controlador ccid se ha sincronizado para agregar soporte a los teclados USB Smartcard.
  • los controladores uvcvideo para dispositivos USB de vídeo se han agregado al kernel en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.

Network

  • El controlador bnx2 para las tarjetas de red Broadcom NetXtreme II ha sido actualizado a la versión 1.7.9. Esta actualización corrige las opciones de buffer en anillo en controladores Ethernet que utilizan bnx2 para corregir un error que hizo entrar en pánico al sistema al arrancar.
  • El controlador e1000e para dispositivos Intel PRO/1000 para Ethernet ha sido actualizado a la versión 0.3.3.3-k2 de la línea de desarrollo principal. Con esta actualización, los EEPROM y NVM de dispositivos soportados ahora están protegidos contra escritura.
  • igb: el controlador para Adaptadores Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet ha sido actualizado a la versión 1.2.45-k2, agregando soporte para dispositivos de base 82576.
  • el controlador ixgbe para dispositivos de red Intel(R) 10 Gigabit PCI Express ha sido actualizado a la versión 1.3.18-k4.
  • el controlador niu ha sido agregado a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, añadiendo soporte para dispositivos Ethernet 10Gbps en sistemas Sun CP3220.
  • los controladores ipw2100 e ipw2200 para dispositivos inalámbricos Intel(R) PRO han sido adoptados del Kernel de Linux 2.6.25 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • el controlador bcm43xx para dispositivos inalámbricos Broadcom ha sido adoptado del kernel de Linux 2.6.25 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • el componente de soporte para dispositivos inalámbricos ieee80211 ha sido adaptado para Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 del kernel de Linux 2.6.25.
  • el controlador zd1211rw para dispositivos inalámbricos ZyDas ha sido actualizado para coincidir con la última versión non-mac80211 justo anterior al Linux 2.6.25.
  • los controladores iwlwifi han sido actualizados a la versión de 2.6.26, agregando soporte 802.11n a dispositivos inalámbricos iwl4965. También se incorporaron en el controlador adoptado varias correcciones incluídas en las versiones post-2.6.26.
  • el controlador myri10ge para dispositivos Myricom Myri-10G Ethernet ha sido actualizado a la versión 1.3.2-1.269.
  • el controlador netxen para las tarjetas de red NetXen ha sido actualizado a la versión 3.4.18.
  • El controlador bnx2x para dispositivos de red Broadcom Everest ha sido actualizado a la versión 1.45.23, agregando soporte para el hardware 57711.
  • el controlador forcedeth-msi ha sido actualizado para corregir el error que evitó la detección del enlace adecuado.
  • el controlador ath5k para controladores inalámbricos Atheros ha sido adoptado del Kernel de Linux 2.6.26 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • los controladores rt2x00 para dispositivos inalámbricos Ralink han sido adoptados del Kernel de Linux 2.6.26 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • los controladores rtl8180 y rtl8187 para dispositivos inalámbricos Realtek han sido adoptados del Kernel de Linux 2.6.26 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.

Storage

  • 3w-xxxx: controlador para controladores SATA RAID de 3ware actualizados a la versión 1.26.03. Esto aplica varios cambios, los más importantes son:
    • Se corrigió el error que causó la corrupción de datos al utilizar una tarjeta 3ware de las series 7000 u 8000 en un sistema mayor a 2GB de RAM.
    • Anaconda ya no se cuelga en arquitecturas de 64 bits cuando utiliza una tarjeta de la serie 3ware 8006 en un sistema con más de 4GB de RAM.
    • Ahora el controlador de irq es liberado cuando se inicia __tw_shutdown(). Esto evita que un puntero nulo quite la referencia si se comparte una interrupción durante el apagado.
    • Ahora el bit RCD para la página de modo caché está encendido.
    • Ahora las reconfiguraciones ioctl y scsi se ponen en serie para que no vuelvan a chocar.
  • 3w-9xxx: controlador para controladores SATA RAID de 3ware actualizados a la versión 2.26.08. Esto aplica varios cambios, los más importantes son:
    • La llamada pci_unmap_single() ahora funciona correctamente en sistemas con más de 4GB de RAM.
    • Se corrigió el error que causaba un rendimiento lento de escritura.
    • La configuración de máscara DMA ahora se revierte a 32 bits si 64 bits falla.
    • Se añadió soporte para el dispositivo de controlador 9690SA SAS de 3ware.
  • megaraid_sas: controlador actualizado a la versión 4.01-rh1. Varias correcciones se aplican hasta esta actualización, incluyendo:
    • MFI_POLL_TIMEOUT_SECS es ahora 60 segundos.
    • Corregido un error que causaba continuos restablecimientos de chip y orden de pausas debido al cálculo de conteo de frames.
    • Agregado soporte para los Controladores LSI Generación 2 (0078, 0079).
    • Agregado un comando para apagar DCMD en la rutina de cierre para mejorar el apagado firmware.
    • Corregido un error que causaba interrupciones inesperadas en el controlador de hardware de Linux.
  • el controlador qla2xxx para adaptadores de bus de host para canal de fibra QLogic ha sido actualizado, agregando soporte para tarjetas tipo ISP84XX.
  • los controladores ibmvscsi para dispositivos de emulación virtual SCSI (vSCSI) han sido actualizados, proporcionando soporte para dispositivos de cinta virtualizados.
  • lpfc: el controlador actualizado a la versión 8.2.0.30. Esta actualización aplica varias correcciones de errores y mejoras, incluyendo:
    • Manejo de error mejorado (EEH) para adaptadores de PCI en arquitecturas PowerPC
    • Aumento del número de puertos virtuales NPIV soportados
    • Lógica del controlador mejorada para controlar la profundidad de cola E/S
    • Soporte agregado para Fibre Channel en adaptadores de Ethernet (FCoE)
    • Soporte de arranque desde SAN para hardware nuevo
  • el controlador cciss para controladores Smart Array HP ha sido actualizado a la versión 3.6.20-RH2.

6. Virtualization

This section contains information about updates made to Red Hat Enterprise Linux suite of Virtualization tools.

6.1. Feature Updates

  • El conjunto de herramientas blktap (blocktap) de espacio de usuario ha sido actualizado, ofreciendo la funcionalidad para controlar las estadísticas de transferencia de los huéspedes de blktap virtualizados.
  • Se agregó soporte para la funcionalidad de EPT (Extended Page Table) de Intel, mejorando el rendimiento de los huéspedes totalmente virtualizados en hardware compatible con EPT.
  • La emulación de dispositivo de red para huéspedes e1000 ha sido agregada en esta actualización, admitiendo sólo huéspedes de Windows 2003 en la arquitectura ia64. Para utilizar la emulación e1000, se debe utilizar el comando xm.
  • Los controladores para virtio, la plataforma de virtualización de E/S en KVM, han sido adoptados del kernel de Linux 2.6.27 por Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Estos controladores permitirán a huéspedes KVM obtener altos niveles de rendimiento E/S. Varios componentes de espacio de usuario tales como: anaconda, kudzu, lvm, selinux y mkinitrd también han sido actualizados para soportar dispositivos virtio.
  • El kernel de Linux original admite automáticamente a vmcoreinfo, pero para configurar kdump en dominios dom0, se necesitaba el paquete kernel-xen-debuginfo. En este lanzamiento, el kernel y el hipervisor han sido modificados y ahora soportan de forma original lectura de vmcoreinfo y escritura de kdump. Los usuarios que necesiten utilizar kdump para depuración u otras investigaciones en dominios dom0 ahora podrán hacerlo sin necesidad de instalar los paquetes debuginfo o debuginfo-common.
  • Los huéspedes completamente virtualizados de Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 encontraban un rendimiento sub-óptimo al utilizar el disco emulado y los dispositivos de red. En esta actualización, el paquete kmod-xenpv ha sido incluido para simplificar el uso de discos para-virtualizados y redes en huéspedes completamente virtualizados.
    El uso de estos controladores en huéspedes totalmente virtualizados puede mejorar significativamente el rendimiento y funcionalidad de dichos huéspedes. La corrección de errores hecha para controladores netfront y de bloque frontal se realiza y sincroniza inmediatamente con el paquete de kernel.
  • Los huéspedes ahora pueden usar copia de seguridad de 2MB de tablas de memoria de página, lo cual puede mejorar el rendimiento del sistema.

6.2. Resolved Issues

6.2.1. All Architectures

  • Apagar un huésped para-virtualizado podía hacer que dom0 dejara de responder por un periodo de tiempo. Las demoras de varios segundos se experimentaban en huéspedes con grandes cantidades de memoria (por ejemplo, 12GB y superiores.) En esta actualización, el kernel virtualizado permite que el cierre de una huésped para-virtualizado grande sea pre-volcado, lo cual soluciona este problema.
  • crash was unable to read the relocation address of the hypervisor from a vmcore file. Consequently, opening a Virtualized kernel vmcore file with crash would fail, resulting in the error: 
    crash: cannot resolve "idle_pg_table_4"
    In this update, the hypervisor now saves the address correctly, which resolves this issue.
  • Anteriormente, los huéspedes para-virtualizados sólo podían tener un máximo de 16 dispositivos de disco. En esta actualización, este límite ha sido aumentado a un máximo de 256 dispositivos de disco.
  • La memoria reservada para el kernel de kdump era incorrecta, lo que producía volcados de memoria. En esta actualización, la reserva de memoria es correcta, permitiendo la generación de los propios volcados de memoria.
  • Anexar un disco con un nombre específico (por ejemplo, /dev/xvdaa, /dev/xvdab y /dev/xvdbc) a un huésped para-virtualizado generaba un dispositivo /dev dañado dentro del huésped. Esta actualización resuelve el problema de tal forma que al anexar dispositivos con estos nombres a un huésped para-virtualizado se crea el dispositivo /dev correcto dentro del huésped.
  • Anteriormente, el número de dispositivos de loopback se limitaba a 4. Por consiguiente, esto limitaba la capacidad para crear puentes en sistemas con más de 4 interfaces de red. En esta actualización, el controlador de netloop crea los dispositivos de loopback requeridos.
  • Una condición de carrera podría presentarse al crear y destruir dispositivos virtuales de red. En algunas circunstancias, especialmente en situaciones de carga alta, esto haría que el dispositivo virtual no respondiera. En esta actualización el estado del dispositivo virtual es verificado para evitar que se presente la condición de carrera.
  • Una pérdida de memoria en virt-manager se habría encontrado si la aplicación se hubiera dejado ejecutando. En consecuencia, la aplicación constantemente consumiría más recursos, los cuales llevarían al hambre de memoria. En esta actualización, esta pérdida de memoria se ha corregido, lo que resuelve dicho problema.
  • the crash utility could not analyze x86_64 vmcores from systems running kernel-xen because the Red Hat Enterprise Linux hypervisor was relocatable and the relocated physical base address is not passed in the vmcore file's ELF header. The new --xen_phys_start command line option for the crash utility allows the user to pass crash the relocated base physical address.
  • No todos los eventos de ratón fueron capturados y procesados por el Paravirtual Frame Buffer (PVFB). Por consiguiente, la rueda de desplazamiento no funcionaba al interactuar con un huésped para-virtualizado con la Consola de máquina virtual. En esta actualización, los eventos de la rueda de desplazamiento del ratón se manejan correctamente, lo cual resuelve dicho problema.
  • El uso de virtualización en una máquina con una gran cantidad de memoria de CPU podía causar el bloqueo del hipervisor durante la instalación del huésped. En esta actualización, dicho problema está resuelto.
  • En los procesadores Intel que devuelven un valor de familia CPUID de 6, sólo un registro de conteo de rendimiento estaba habilitado en kernel-xen. Por consiguiente, solamente contra 0 muestras provistas. En esta actualización este problema está resuelto.

6.2.2. x86 Architectures

  • On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized properly.
  • Al ejecutar un huésped x86 para-virtualizado, si un proceso accedía una memoria no válida, éste se ejecutaría en un bucle en lugar de obtener una señal SEGV. Esto se debía a un defecto en la forma como se hacían los controles de execshield bajo el hipervisor. En esta actualización, dicho problema está resuelto.

6.2.3. ia64 Architecture

  • A xend bug that previously caused guest installation failures is now fixed.
  • el dispositivo de canal de evento evtchn carecía de bloqueos y barreras de memoria. Esto hacía que xenstore no respondiera. En esta actualización, dicho problema está resuelto.
  • La información de acceso a memoria no uniforme (NUMA) no estaba siendo visualizada por el comando xm info. Por consiguiente, el valor node_to_cpu para cada nodo se estaba devolviendo de modo incorrecto como no cpus. En esta actualización, dicho problema está resuelto.
  • Anteriormente, la creación de un huésped en el hardware de una máquina virtual (HVM) fallaría en procesadores que incluyen la tecnología VT-i2. En esta actualización, este problema está resuelto.

6.2.4. x86_64 Architectures

  • Cuando los IRQ Dinámicos para huéspedes de máquinas virtuales se agotaban, el kernel dom0 se bloqueaba. En esta actualización, la condición de bloqueo se ha corregido y el número de IRQ disponibles se ha aumentado, lo cual resuelve dicho problema.
  • On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized properly.

6.3. Known Issues

6.3.1. All Architectures

  • Los medios de la unidad de disquete no estarán disponibles cuando se utilice el kernel virtualizado. Para solucionar temporalmente esto, utilice una unidad de disquete con conexión USB en su lugar.
    Observe que los medios de la unidad de disquete funcionan bien con otros kernel no virtualizados.
  • In live migrations of paravirtualized guests, time-dependent guest processes may function improperly if the corresponding hosts' (dom0) times are not synchronized. Use NTP to synchronize system times for all corresponding hosts before migration.
  • La migración repetida de un huésped entre dos anfitriones puede causar que uno de los anfitriones entre en pánico. Si un anfitrión es reiniciado después de migrar a un huésped fuera del sistema y antes de migrar de vuelta el mismo huésped, el estado de pánico no ocurrirá.
  • El formateo de un disco ejecutando Windows 2008 o Windows Vista como huésped puede bloquearse si el huésped ha sido iniciado con varias CPU virtuales. Para dar una solución temporal a esto, arranque el huésped con una sola CPU virtual durante el formateo.
  • Los huéspedes plenamente virtualizados creados mediante virt-manager pueden impedir que el ratón se mueva libremente por la pantalla. Como solución temporal a este problema, utilice virt-manager para configurar un dispositivo de placa USB para el huésped.
  • El número máximo de CPU debe restringirse a menos de 128 en un sistema de CPU de 128 o mayor. El número máximo que es soportado en este momento es de 126. Use el argumento del hipervisor maxcpus=126 para limitar el hipervisor a 126.
  • No se pueden corregir los huéspedes totalmente virtualizados de tiempo perdido debido al dominio activo o inactivo. Poder rastrear correctamente el tiempo a través de eventos de actividad e inactividad es una de las ventajas de los kernel para-virtualizados. Este problema está siendo abordado por la línea de desarrollo principal con temporizadores reemplazables, de tal manera que los huéspedes plenamente virtualizados tengan temporizadores para-virtualizados. Actualmente, este código está en construcción por la línea de desarrollo principal y debería estar disponible en una versión más adelante de Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
  • La migración repetida de huéspedes para-virtualizados puede generar mensajes bad mpa en la consola dom0. En algunos casos, el hipervisor puede también entrar en pánico.
    Para evitar que el hipervisor entre en pánico de kernel, reinicie los huéspedes migrados una vez que aparezcan los mensajes bad mpa.
  • Al establecer vínculos en dom0, el script predeterminado de network-bridge puede hacer que las interfaces vinculadas a la red cambien de forma alterna entre no disponible y disponible. Esta ocurrencia se conoce comúnmente como flapping.
    Para evitar esto, remplace la línea estándar network-script en /etc/xen/xend-config.sxp por la siguiente línea: 
    			
(network-script network-bridge-bonding netdev=bond0)
    Al hacer eso inhabilitará al dispositivo de netloop que impide al Protocolo de resolución de direcciones (ARP) controlar fallas durante el proceso de transferencia de dirección.
  • When running multiple guest domains, guest networking may temporarily stop working, resulting in the following error being reported in the dom0 logs: 
    Memory squeeze in netback driver
    To work around this, raise the amount of memory available to the dom0 with the dom0_mem hypervisor command line option.

6.3.2. x86 Architectures

  • Migrating paravirtualized guests through xm migrate [domain] [dom0 IP address] does not work.
  • When installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 on a fully virtualized SMP guest, the installation may freeze. This can occur when the host (dom0) is running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2.
    Para evitar esto, establezca el huésped para que utilice un sólo procesador con la instalación. Use la opción --vcpus=1 en virt-install. Una vez la instalación ha sido completada, puede establecer el huésped SMP modificando los vcpus asignados en virt-manager.

6.3.3. x86_64 Architectures

  • Migrating paravirtualized guests through xm migrate [domain] [dom0 IP address] does not work.
  • Installing the Virtualization feature may cause a time went backwards warning on HP systems with model numbers xw9300 and xw9400.
    Para solucionar este problema en las máquinas xw9400, configure la BIOS para activar el temporizador HPET. Tenga en cuenta que esta opción no está disponible en máquinas xw9300.
  • Installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.9 on a fully virtualized guest may be extremely slow. In addition, booting up the guest after installation may result in hda: lost interrupt errors.
    Para evitar este error de arranque, configure el huésped para que utilice el kernel SMP.
  • Upgrading a host (dom0) system to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 may render existing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 SMP paravirtualized guests unbootable. This is more likely to occur when the host system has more than 4GB of RAM.
    Para solucionar este problema, arranque cada huésped Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 en modo de CPU único y actualice el kernel a la versión más actual (Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5.z).

6.3.4. ia64 Architecture

  • Migrating paravirtualized guests through xm migrate [domain] [dom0 IP address] does not work.
  • On some Itanium systems configured for console output to VGA, the dom0 virtualized kernel may fail to boot. This is because the virtualized kernel failed to properly detect the default console device from the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) settings.
    Para solucionar este problema, añada el parámetro de arranque console=tty en las opciones de arranque del kernel en /boot/efi/elilo.conf.
  • On some Itanium systems (such as the Hitachi Cold Fusion 3e), the serial port cannot be detected in dom0 when VGA is enabled by the EFI Maintenance Manager. As such, you need to supply the following serial port information to the dom0 kernel:
    • Velocidad en bits/segundos
    • Número de bits de datos
    • Paridad
    • dirección io_base
    Estos detalles se deben especificar en la línea append= del kernel dom0 en /boot/efi/elilo.conf. Por ejemplo:
    append="com1=19200,8n1,0x3f8 -- quiet rhgb console=tty0 console=ttyS0,19200n8"
    En este ejemplo, com1 es el puerto de serie, 19200 es la velocidad (en bits/segundos), 8n1 especifica el número de parámetros de paridad y bits de datos y 0x3f8 es la dirección io_base.
  • Virtualization does not work on some architectures that use Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA). As such, installing the virtualized kernel on systems that use NUMA will result in a boot failure.
    Algunos números de instalación instalan por defecto el kernel de virtualización. Si tiene uno de estos números de instalación y su sistema utiliza NUMA (o no puede desactivar NUMA), desseleccione la opción de virtualización durante la instalación.
  • Currently, live migration of fully virtualized guests is not supported on this architecture. In addition, kexec and kdump are also not supported for virtualization on this architecture.

7. Technology Previews

Technology Preview features are currently not supported under Red Hat Enterprise Linux subscription services, may not be functionally complete, and are generally not suitable for production use. However, these features are included as a customer convenience and to provide the feature with wider exposure.
Customers may find these features useful in a non-production environment. Customers are also free to provide feedback and functionality suggestions for a Technology Preview feature before it becomes fully supported. Erratas will be provided for high-severity security issues.
During the development of a Technology Preview feature, additional components may become available to the public for testing. It is the intention of Red Hat to fully support Technology Preview features in a future release.
Modo ALUA en EMC Clariion
El modo ALUA que usa dm-multipath en almacenaje EMC Clariion está ahora disponible. Este modo es proporcionado como especificación para T10, pero es proporcionado en este lanzamiento como muestra de tecnología.
For more information about T10, refer to http://www.t10.org.
ext4
La última generación del sistema de archivos ext, ext4, está disponible en este lanzamiento como una muestra de tecnología. Ext4 es una mejora incremental en el sistema de archivos ext3 desarrollado por Red Hat y la comunidad de Linux. El nombre de lanzamiento del sistema de archivos para la muestra de tecnología es ext4dev.
El sistema de archivos consta del módulo del kernel ext4dev.ko, y un nuevo paquete e4fsprogs, el cual consta de versiones actualizadas de las herramientas administrativas e2fsprogs para su uso con ext4. Para ello, instale e4fsprogs y luego utilice comandos como mkfs.ext4dev desde el programa e4fsprogs para crear un sistema de archivos ext4-base. Cuando se refiera al sistema de archivos en una línea de comandos de montaje o un archivo fstab, use el nombre de sistema de archivos ext4dev.
FreeIPMI
FreeIPMI se ha incluido en esta actualización como muestra de tecnología. FreeIPMI es una colección de software de sistemas IPMI (Interfaz inteligente de administración de plataformas). Proporciona software en banda y fuera de ella y una biblioteca de desarrollo que cumple con los estándares IPMI v1.5 y v2.0.
For more information about FreeIPMI, refer to http://www.gnu.org/software/freeipmi/
TrouSerS y tpm-tools
TrouSerS y tpm-tools están incluidos en este lanzamiento para permitir el uso de hardware de TPM (Módulo de plataforma confiable. El hardware de TPM incluye, entre otras, las siguientes funcionalidades:
  • Creación, almacenamiento y uso seguro de llaves RSA (sin que éstas sean expuestas en memoria)
  • Verificación del estado de software de una plataforma usando una clave criptográfica
TrouSerS es una implementación de la especificación de TSS (Pila de software de grupo de informática confiable). Puede utilizar TrouSerS para escribir aplicaciones que utilicen el hardware de TPM. tpm-tools es un grupo de herramientas usadas para administrar y utilizar el hardware de TPM.
For more information about TrouSerS, refer to http://trousers.sourceforge.net/.
eCryptfs
eCryptfs es un sistema de archivos criptográfico en pila para Linux. Se monta sobre directorios individuales en sistemas de archivos ya montados como EXT3. No es necesario cambiar las particiones existentes o los sistemas de archivos para comenzar a utilizar eCryptfs.
En este lanzamiento, eCryptfs ha sido sincronizado a la versión 56 de la línea de desarrollo principal, la cual proporciona varias correcciones de errores y mejoras. Además, esta actualización proporciona un programa gráfico para ayudar a configurar eCryptfs (ecryptfs-mount-helper-gui).
Esta actualización también cambia la sintaxis de algunas opciones de montajes eCryptfs. Si usted elige actualizar a esta versión de eCryptfs, debe actualizar todos los scripts de montaje y entradas /etc/fstab afectados. Para mayor información acerca de estos cambios, consulte man ecryptfs.
Las siguientes advertencias se aplican en este lanzamiento de eCryptfs:
  • Observe que el sistema de archivos eCryptfs sólo funcionará correctamente si el sistema de archivos cifrado se monta una vez en el directorio subyacente del mismo nombre. Por ejemplo: 
    mount -t ecryptfs /mnt/secret /mnt/secret
    La parte segura del sistema de archivos no debe estar expuesta. No debe estar montada en otros puntos de montaje, montaje de vínculos ni similares.
  • los montajes eCryptfs en los sistemas de archivos en red (e.g. NFS, Samba) no funcionarán correctamente.
  • Esta versión de controlador de kernel eCryptfs requiere espacio de usuario actualizado, el cual es proporcionado por ecryptfs-utils-56-4.el5 o más recientes.
For more information about eCryptfs, refer to http://ecryptfs.sf.net. You can also refer to http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/README and http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/ecryptfs-faq.html for basic setup information.
Stateless Linux
Stateless Linux es una nueva manera de pensar en cómo se debe ejecutar y administrar un sistema, diseñado para simplificar el aprovisionamiento y administración de gran número de sistemas al hacerlos fácilmente reemplazables. Esto se logra al establecer imágenes de sistemas preparadas que pueden ser duplicadas a lo largo de un gran número de sistemas Stateless Linux, leyendo el sistema operativo en modo de solo lectura (por favor consulte /etc/sysconfig/readonly-root para obtener mayor información).
En su estado actual de desarrollo, Stateless Linux tiene un subconjunto de las características de los objetivos proyectados. Por lo cual, esta funcionalidad ha sido catalogada como muestra de tecnología.
Red Hat recomienda a aquellos interesados en probar código de Stateless Linux, la lectura del HOWTO en http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/StatelessLinuxHOWTO y la participación en la lista de correo stateless-list@redhat.com.
Las piezas de infraestructura para Stateless Linux fueron introducidas originalmente en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
AIGLX
AIGLX es una función considerada como muestra de tecnología del servidor X, el cual es soportado. Su meta principal es permitir los efectos de aceleración GL en escritorios estándar. El proyecto consiste en:
  • Un servidor X ligeramente modificado.
  • Un paquete Mesa actualizado que añade el soporte de un nuevo protocolo.
Al instalar estos componentes, usted puede tener efectos GL acelerados en su escritorio con muy pocos cambios y la posibilidad de activarlos y desactivarlos a su gusto sin tener que reemplazar el servidor X. AIGLX también permite que las aplicaciones GLX remotas aprovechen las ventajas de la aceleración de hardware GLX.
FireWire
El módulo firewire-sbp2 está incluido en esta actualización como una muestra de tecnología. Este módulo permite la conectividad con dispositivos de almacenaje FireWire y escáners.
Por el momento, FireWire no soporta lo siguiente:
  • IPv4
  • controladores de host pcilynx
  • dispositivos de almacenaje multi-LUN
  • acceso no exclusivo a dispositivos de almacenaje
Además, los siguientes problemas aún están presentes en esta versión de FireWire:
  • un escape de memoria en el controlador SBP2 que puede hacer que la máquina deje de responder.
  • un código en esta versión no funciona apropiadamente en máquinas big-endian. Esto puede llevar a comportamientos no esperados en PowerPC.
ktune
Este lanzamiento incluye ktune (desde el paquete ktune), un servicio que establece varios parámetros de ajuste de kernel a los valores apropiados de los perfiles específicos del sistema. Actualmente, ktune sólo proporciona un perfil para sistemas de memorias grandes ejecutando aplicaciones de disco y red intensivas.
Las configuraciones proporcionadas por ktune no anulan aquellas establecidas en /etc/sysctl.conf o a través de la línea de comando de kernel. ktune puede no ser adecuado para algunos sistemas y cargas de trabajo; como tal, usted debería probarlo ampliamente antes de utilizarlo para producción.
Usted puede inhabilitar cualquier configuración establecida por ktune y revertir a sus configuraciones normales simplemente deteniendo el servicio ktune con service ktune stop (como root).
Soporte SGPIO para dmraid
El Propósito General de serie Entrada y salida (SGPIO) es un método de comunicación estándar de industria utilizado entre un tablero principal y una variedad de cerramientos de bahía de unidades de disco duro internos y externos. Este método se puede utilizar para controlar las luces LED en un cerramiento mediante una interfaz de controlador AHCI.
En este lanzamiento, el soporte de SGPIO en dmraid está incluido como una muestra de tecnología. Esto permitirá a dmraid funcionar adecuadamente con cerramientos de disco.
GCC 4.3
La colección del compilador GNU versión 4.3 (GCC4.3) viene ahora incluida en este lanzamiento como una muestra de tecnología. Esta colección de compiladores incluye C, C++, y Fortran 95 junto con bibliotecas de apoyo.
Observe que en los paquetes gcc43, se cambió el valor predeterminado para la opción gnu89-inline a -fgnu89-inline, mientras que la línea de desarrollo principal y futuras actualizaciones de Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 se predeterminan a -fno-gnu89-inline. Esto es necesario porque muchos encabezados distribuidos como parte de Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 esperan la semántica en línea de GNU en lugar de la semántica ISO C99. Estos encabezados no han sido ajustados para solicitar semántica GNU en línea mediante atributos.
Utilidad para el Tracepoint de kernel
En esta actualización, se ha implementado una nueva utilidad marker/tracepoint como una muestra de tecnología. Esta interfaz agrega puntos de sondeo dentro del kernel, para ser utilizados con herramientas tales como SystemTap.
Control de errores de dispositivo de Conjuntos RAID
El control de errores de dispositivo, mediante las herramientas dmraid y dmevent_tool, se incluye en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 como una muestra de tecnología. Esto ofrece la posibilidad de observar y reportar fallas en dispositivos de componentes de conjuntos RAID.

8. Resolved Issues

8.1. All Architectures

  • Los datos para los informes de actividad del dispositivo TTY no se estaban generando correctamente. En consecuencia, el comando sar -y fallaba, entregando el error: 
    Las actividades solicitadas no están disponibles en el archivo.
    En este paquete actualizado, sar se ha corregido, por lo tanto la opción-y entrega la actividad de dispositivo TTY.
  • Anteriormente, configurar max_fds a unlimited en /etc/multipath.conf impediría al demonio multipathd iniciar. Si el número de descriptores de archivos abiertos necesita configurarse al máximo, max_fds se debe establecer a max.
  • mod_perl se ha sincronizado a la versión 2.0.4, el último lanzamiento de la línea de desarrollo principal. Esta actualización aplica varias actualizaciones, las cuales incluyen la corrección de un error que ahora permite a mod_perl funcionar adecuadamente con Bugzilla 3.0.
  • cups se ha sincronizado a la versión 1.3.7. Esta actualización aplica varias correcciones de errores y mejoras, incluyendo:
    • Ahora se soporta la autenticación de Kerberos
    • Las directivas de usuario de impresora y trabajos ahora se cargan correctamente.
    • Las caché de cola remota ya no se cargan cuando el navegador está inhabilitado.
    • El archivo de configuración classes.conf tiene ahora archivos de permisos correctos.
  • lm_sensors ha sido sincronizado a la versión 2.10.7. Esta actualización aplica varias mejoras de la línea de desarrollo principal y corrige errores, incluyendo un error que impide a libsensors fallar con un mensaje General parse error cuando k8temp también es cargado.
  • elfutils ha sido actualizada en este lanzamiento para corregir los siguientes errores:
    • La utilidad eu-readelf podía bloquearse al leer algunos archivos de entrada.
    • La utilidad eu-strip se utiliza en los procedimientos rpmbuild que crean nuevos paquetes binarios. Ésta separa la información de depuración del código ejecutable, para crear paquetes -debuginfo. Un error en esta utilidad producía información de depuración inútil para archivos ET_REL en la plataforma s390; afectando los archivos de módulo de kernel de Linux (.ko.debug), y haciendo que los paquetes kernel-debuginfo no funcionen con Systemtap en s390.
  • vnc-server se ha sincronizado a la versión 4.1.2-14.el5. Esta versión aplica las siguientes correcciones:
    • Se ha corregido el error que impedía a vncserver imprimir mensajes de error cuando Xvnc no podía iniciar.
    • Xvnc ya no utiliza la profundidad de ventana de root errada; ahora utiliza la profundidad de ventana correcta especificada por la opción -depth.
    • Se ha corregido un error que hacía al módulo libvnc.so bloquear al servidor X.
    • Xvnc ahora soporta extensiones GLX y RENDER en todas las arquitecturas.
  • smartmontools ha sido sincronizada a la versión 5.38. Esta actualización mejora la autodetección de dispositivos de hardware, mejora el soporte para matrices CCISS RAID, y ofrece una base de datos más amplia de dispositivos soportados.
    Esta actualización también corrige un error donde SELinux impedía que smartmontools controlara los dispositivos de RAID 3ware. smartmontools puede ahora controlar correctamente dichos dispositivos.
  • python-urlgrabber ha sido sincronizada a la versión 3.1.0-5. Esta aplica varias correcciones de errores desde la línea de desarrollo principal, incluyendo:
    • yum ahora puede volverse a descargar correctamente desde un repositorio de yum que no soporte descargas parciales.
    • yum ahora puede retomar una descarga interrumpida incluso si el repositorio de yum es basado en FTP con un puerto especificado.
    • El tamaño de barras de progreso es ahora dinámico para la anchura de la terminal. Además, las barras de progreso ahora son más limpias, y visualizan un porcentaje total de los datos descargados.
    • Ahora la señal keepalive de python-urlgrabber está corregida. Anteriormente, un error en esta señal aumentaba incorrectamente el uso de memoria durante las descargas; además, este error también impedía a reposync y a yumdownloader ejecutarse correctamente cuando se descargaba un número grande de paquetes.
  • Ahora yum-utils ha sido sincronizada a la versión 1.1.16. de la línea de desarrollo principal. Ésta aplica varias correcciones de errores, incluyendo:
    • yum update --security ahora puede localizar correctamente anteriores actualizaciones de seguridad pertinentes.
    • Ahora yum-versionlock funciona correctamente con paquetes obsoletos.
    Esta actualización también incluye la conexión yum-fastestmirror, la cual permite a yum escoger el repositorio más rápido en la lista de espejo.
  • Samba ha sido sincronizada a la versión 3.2.0. de la línea de desarrollo principal. Esto corrige varios errores, incluyendo el que impedía a los usuarios unirse a los dominios que utilizaban Windows 2003 como su nombre de servidor. Esta actualización también corrige un error que hacía que la membresía del dominio de samba fuera descifrada después de cambiar la contraseña utilizando net rpc changetrustpw.
    For a more comprehensive list of upstream samba updates included this release, refer to http://www.samba.org/samba/history/samba-3.0.32.html
  • OpenLDAP ha sido sincronizada a la versión 2.3.43 de la línea de desarrollo principal. Esto aplica varias correcciones de errores, incluyendo:
    • El script init ahora reporta una advertencia si el demonio slapd no puede leer un archivo de certificado TLS.
    • Todas las bibliotecas en el paquete openldap-debuginfo ahora se han deseliminado.
    • Cuando se instala el paquete openldap-devel ya no daña bibliotecas OpenLDAP.
    Red Hat now distribuye superposiciones adicionales para el servidor OpenLDAP. Excepto para syncprov, todas las superposiciones pueden ahora hallarse en paquetes independientes openldap-servers-overlays, compilados como módulos cargables dinámicamente. La superposición syncprov está conectada estáticamente al servidor OpenLDAP para mantener compatibilidad con las versiones anteriores de OpenLDAP.
  • Debido a que el binario xterm tenía el ID de grupo establecido (setgid) configurado en bits, algunas variables de entorno(tales como LD_LIBRARY_PATH y TMPDIR) no estaban configuradas. En este lanzamiento, el binario xterm tiene permisos configurados modo 0755, lo cual resuelve dicho problema.
  • The recommended method for balancing the load on NIS servers when multiple machines are connecting with ypbind has changed with this release. The ypbind daemon's behavior has not changed: it still pings all NIS servers listed in the /etc/ypbind configuration file and then binds to the single fastest-responding server. Before, it was recommended to list all available NIS servers in each machine's /etc/ypbind.conf configuration file. However, because even servers under high load can respond quickly to this ping, thus inadvertently increasing their own load, it is now recommended for administrators to list a smaller number of available NIS servers in each machine's ypbind.conf, and to vary this list across machines. In this way, NIS servers are automatically load-balanced due to not every NIS server being listed as being available to every machine.
  • OpenMotif ha sido sincronizada a la versión 2.3.1 de la línea de desarrollo principal. Esto aplica varias correcciones de errores, incluyendo:
    • Se ha corregido el error en la forma como OpenMotif manejaba los eventos Grab y Ungrab. En lanzamientos anteriores, este error podía bloquear la pantalla.
    • Un error en nedit podía hacer que se bloqueara al utilizar la interfaz gráfica de usuario nedit. Esto se debía a la función en el código que causaba una falla de segmentación en algunos casos de la selección del elemento, el cual ha sido corregido ahora.
  • dbus ha sido sincronizada a la versión 1.1.2. Esta actualización corrige un error dentro de programas multi-hilos que podría ocasionar un interbloqueo en dbus. En lanzamientos anteriores, como un proceso escuchaba a dbus y a los mensajes procesados, el segundo proceso enviaría mensajes a dbus .
  • strace ha sido sincronizada a la versión 4.5.18. Esto corrige varios errores, incluyendo:
    • Se ha corregido un error que hacía a strace fallar cuando se utilizaba la opción -f en algunos programas multi-hilos (en particular en sistemas de 64 bits).
    • Se ha corregido un error que la versión de 64 bits de strace se ejecutara en una llamada de función vfork() en un proceso de 32 bits.
  • cpuspeed ha sido actualizada a la versión 1.2.1-5. En esta actualización, el script cpuspeed init ahora carga el módulo speedstep-centrino si todos los otras cargas de módulos fallan. Además, se ha corregido el error de espacio de usuario que no permitía cargar el módulo Powernow-k8.
  • El grupo de herramientas frysk se ha quitado de esta distribución. frysk se había introducido originalmente como una muestra de tecnología en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0.
  • Anteriormente, las estadísticas de partición E/S provistas por el comando iostat -x eran incompletas. Ahora, en esta actualización, las estadísticas de partición se calculan de la misma manera que las estadísticas de disco, proporcionando estadísticas de E/S coherentes y completas al nivel de partición.
  • Una revelación de defecto de una contraseña se halló con el archivo de configuración para el servidor de correo Dovecot. Si un sistema tenía la opción ssl_key_password definida, cualquier usuario local podía ver la contraseña de SSL. (CVE-2008-4870)

    Nota

    Este defecto no permitía al atacante adquirir el contenido de la llave de SSL. La contraseña no tiene valor sin el archivo de clave al cual los usuarios arbitrarios no deberían tener acceso de lectura.
    To better protect even this value, however, the dovecot.conf file now supports the "!include_try" directive. The ssl_key_password option should be moved from dovecot.conf to a new file owned by, and only readable and writable by, root (ie 0600). This file should be referenced from dovecot.conf by setting the !include_try /path/to/password/file option.

8.2. x86_64 Architectures

  • ksh ha sido sincronizada a la versión 2008-02-02. Esta actualización agrega el manejo de caracteres de varios bytes, soluciona muchos problemas de control y aplica varias correcciones de la línea de desarrollo principal. Observe que esta actualización para ksh preserva la compatibilidad para los scripts existentes.

8.3. s390x Architectures

  • Un error vmconvert le impedía funcionar adecuadamente en el nodo de dispositivo vmur (/dev/0.0.000c). Esto hacía que vmconvert fallara al tratar de acceder volcados en el dispositivo vmur con el error vmconvert: ¡Abrir el archivo de volcado falló! (Permiso negado). Una actualización para s390utils en este lanzamiento corrige dicho problema.
  • El script init y el archivo config para el demonio mon_procd y mon_fsstatd faltaban en el s390utils. En consecuencia, estos demonios no se podían crear ni utilizar. Dicho problema ha sido resuelto agregando los archivos faltantes en esta versión.

8.4. PowerPC Architectures

  • Se ha corregido ahora un error que impedía al módulo ehci_hcd volverse a cargar en esta arquitectura. Esto asegura que el adaptador Belkin 4-port PCI-Express USB Lily (y otros dispositivos similares) funcionen ahora correctamente con Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 cuando utilicen el módulo ehci_hcd.
  • La biblioteca libhugetlbfs ha sido sincronizada ahora a la versión 1.3. Esta actualización aplica varias mejoras de la línea de desarrollo principal a la biblioteca, mejorando así el rendimiento de la aplicaciones que utilizan las páginas Huge.
    Para una lista de actualizaciones de libhugetlbfs, por favor consulte el siguiente enlace:
    http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_name=20080515170754.GA1830%40us.ibm.com

9. Known Issues

9.1. All Architectures

  • Al usar la nueva funcionalidad de cifrado de disco para cifrar el sistema de archivos de root, se registrará el siguiente mensaje de error en la consola al apagar el sistema: 
    Stopping disk encryption [FAILED]
    Este mensaje puede ser ignorado sin ningún riesgo, el proceso de apagado se completará con éxito.
  • When using an encrypted device, the following error message may be reported during bootup: 
    insmod: error inserting '/lib/aes_generic.ko': -1 File exists
    This message can safely be ignored.
  • La instalación con un RAID de Dispositivo múltiple (MD) en multipath no permitirá el arranque de una máquina. Los dispositivos de Multipath para Red de área de almacenamiento (SAN) que proporcionan RAID internamente no se afectan.
  • When a large number of LUNs are added to a node, multipath can significantly increase the time it takes for udev to create device nodes for them. If you experience this problem, you can correct it by deleting the following line in /etc/udev/rules.d/40-multipath.rules: 
    KERNEL!="dm-[0-9]*", ACTION=="add", PROGRAM=="/bin/bash -c '/sbin/lsmod | /bin/grep ^dm_multipath'", RUN+="/sbin/multipath -v0 %M:%m"
    This line causes udev to run multipath every time a block device is added to the node. Even with this line removed, multipathd will still automatically create multipath devices, and multipath will still be called during the boot process, for nodes with multipathed root filesystems. The only change is that multipath devices will not be automatically created when multipathd is not running, which should not be a problem for the vast majority of multipath users.
  • Al hacer una actualización desde una versión anterior de Red Hat Enterprise Linux a 5.3, podría encontrar el siguiente error: 
    Updating  : mypackage                 ################### [ 472/1655]
rpmdb: unable to lock mutex: Invalid argument
    La causa de este problema de bloqueo es que el futex compartido bloqueando glibc fue mejorado con futex por proceso entre 5.2 y 5.3. Como resultado, los programas que se ejecutaban con el glibc 5.2 no pueden ejecutar correctamente bloqueo de futex compartido con programas que se ejecutan con el glibc 5.3.
    Este mensaje determinado es un efecto de una llamada de paquete rpm como parte de sus scripts de instalación. La instancia rpm realizando la actualización está utilizando el glibc anterior durante la actualización, pero la instancia de rpm lanzada desde dentro del script está utilizando el nuevo glibc.
    To avoid this error, upgrade glibc first in a separate run: 
    # yum update glibc
# yum update
    You will also see this error if you downgrade glibc to an earlier version on an installed 5.3 system.
  • mvapich y mvapich2 en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 están compilados para soportar únicamente interconexiones InfiniBand/iWARP. Por consiguiente, no ejecutarán Ethernet ni otra interconexión de red.
  • En sistemas con más de dos dispositivos de bloque cifrados, Anaconda tiene una opción para proporcionar una contraseña global. Sin embargo, los scripts init, no soportan esta funcionalidad. Al arrancar el sistema, se requerirá entrar una contraseña individual para todos los dispositivos cifrados.
  • When upgrading openmpi using yum, the following warning may be returned: 
    cannot open `/tmp/openmpi-upgrade-version.*' for reading: No such file or directory
    The message is harmless and can be safely ignored.
  • La afinidad de configuración IRQ SMP no tiene efecto en algunos dispositivos que utilizan interrupciones señalizadas por mensajes (MSI) sin capacidad de enmascaramiento de MSI por-vector. Ejemplos de dichos dispositivos incluyen dispositivos de Ethernet Broadcom NetXtreme, los cuales utilizan el controlador bnx2.
    Si usted necesita configurar la afinidad IRQ para dicho dispositivo, desactive las MSI creando un archivo en /etc/modprobe.d/ que contenga la siguiente línea: 
    		  options bnx2 disable_msi=1
    También puede desactivar completamente las MSI con el parámetro de arranque de kernel pci=nomsi.
  • Un error en el archivo /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules actualizado previene la creación de nombres persistentes para dispositivos de cinta con números mayores al 9 en sus nombres. Por ejemplo, un nombre persistente no será creado para un dispositivo de cinta con un nombre de nst12.
    Como solución temporal, añada un asterisco (*) después de cada cadena nst[0-9] en /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules.
  • La herramienta smartctl no puede leer apropiadamente parámetros SMART desde dispositivos SATA.
  • Un error en versiones anteriores de openmpi y lam puede hacer que la actualización de estos paquetes falle. Este problema se manifiesta en el siguiente error (cuando se intenta actualizar openmpi o lam: 
    error: %preun(openmpi-[version]) scriptlet failed, exit status 2
    Como tal, necesitará mover de forma manual las versiones anteriores de openmpi y lam para instalar las últimas versiones. Para ello, utilice el comando siguiente de rpm:
    rpm -qa | grep '^openmpi-\|^lam-' | xargs rpm -e --noscripts --allmatches
  • When using dm-multipath, if features "1 queue_if_no_path" is specified in /etc/multipath.conf then any process that issues I/O will hang until one or more paths are restored.
    To avoid this, set no_path_retry [N] in /etc/multipath.conf (where [N] is the number of times the system should retry a path). When you do, remove the features "1 queue_if_no_path" option from /etc/multipath.conf as well.
    If you need to use "1 queue_if_no_path" and experience the issue noted here, use dmsetup to edit the policy at runtime for a particular LUN (i.e. for which all the paths are unavailable).
    To illustrate: run dmsetup message [device] 0 "fail_if_no_path", where [device] is the multipath device name (e.g. mpath2; do not specify the path) for which you want to change the policy from "queue_if_no_path" to "fail_if_no_path".
  • La activación de varias versiones instaladas del mismo módulo de kernel no está soportada. Además, un error en la forma como el kernel analiza las versiones de los módulos del kernel puede algunas veces resultar en la activación de una versión anterior del mismo módulo de kernel.
    Red Hat recomienda borrar la versión anterior de un módulo de kernel instalado cuando instale una nueva versión.
  • La ejecución de kdump en un IBM Bladecenter QS21 o QS22 configurado con una raíz NFS fallará. Para evitar este comportamiento, especifique un objetivo de volcado NFS en /etc/kdump.conf.
  • Los portátiles IBM T60 se apagarán completamente cuando se suspenden y se insertan en una estación de acoplamiento. Para evitar este problema, arranque el sistema con el argumento acpi_sleep=s3_bios.
  • La tarjeta de expansión QLogic iSCSI para IBM Bladecenter proporciona funciones de ethernet y iSCSI. Algunas partes de la tarjeta son compartidas por ambas funciones. Sin embargo, los controladores qla3xxx y qla4xxx soportan funciones de ethernet y iSCSI de forma individual. Ambos controladores no soportan el uso de funciones ethernet y iSCSI de forma simultanea.
    Debido a esta limitación, los reinicios sucesivos (a través de varios comandos ifdown/ifup) puede hacer que el dispositivo se cuelgue. Para evitar ésto, espere un intervalo de 10 segundos después de ejecutar ifup y antes de ejecutar ifdown. Asimismo, espere el mismo intervalo de 10 segundos después de ejecutar ifdown y antes de ifup. Este intervalo permite un periodo amplio para que se estabilice y reinicie todas las funciones cuando un comando ifup es ejecutado.
  • Los portátiles con tarjetas inalámbricas Cisco Aironet MPI-350 pueden colgarse al intentar obtener la dirección DHCP durante una instalación de red que utiliza el puerto ethernet.
    Para solucionar este problema, utilice medios locales para la instalación. Alternativamente, usted puede desactivar la tarjeta wireless en la BIOS del portátil antes de la instalación (puede activar esta tarjeta una vez completado el proceso de instalación).
  • El registro de tiempo de arranque para /var/log/boot.log no está disponible en Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
  • El sistema puede no reiniciar apropiadamente en un kernel kexec/kdump si X está siendo ejecutado y utiliza un controlador diferente a vesa. Este problema se presenta únicamente en chipsets gráficos ATI Rage XL.
    Si X está siendo ejecutado en un sistema con ATI Rage XL, asegúrese de utilizar el controlador vesa para que el reinicio en el kernel kexec/kdump sea exitoso.
  • Cuando utilice Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 en máquinas con un chipset nVidia CK804 instalado, los siguientes mensajes de kernel podrían aparecer: 
    kernel: assign_interrupt_mode Found MSI capability
kernel: pcie_portdrv_probe->Dev[005d:10de] has invalid IRQ. Check vendor BIOS
    Estos mensajes indican que ciertos puertos PCI-E no están solicitando IRQ. Estos mensajes, sin embargo, no afectan la operación de la máquina.
  • Los dispositivos de almacenaje que se pueden quitar (tales como CD y DVD) no se montan automáticamente es una sesión de root. Por lo cual, usted tendrá que montar los dispositivos manualmente.
    Alternativamente, puede ejecutar el siguiente comando para montar un dispositivo a /media: 
    mount /dev/[nombre del dispositivo] /media
  • Cuando se borra un LUN en un sistema de almacenaje configurado, el cambio no se refleja en el anfitrión. En tales casos, el comando lvm puede fallar indefinidamente cuando se usa dm-multipath, ya que el LUN está en estado stale.
    Como solución temporal, borre todos los dispositivos y entradas de enlace mpath en /etc/lvm/.cache específicas al estado stale de LUN.
    Ejecute el siguiente comando para saber lo que significan estas entradas:
    ls -l /dev/mpath | grep [stale LUN]
    Por ejemplo, si [stale LUN] es 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00, el siguiente resultado debe aparecer: 
    lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug  2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 -> ../dm-4
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug  2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1 -> ../dm-5
    Esto significa que 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 está asignado a dos enlaces mpath: dm-4 y dm-5.
    Por lo cual, las siguientes líneas deben ser borradas de /etc/lvm/.cache: 
    /dev/dm-4 
/dev/dm-5 
/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00
/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1
/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00
/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1
  • Si se ejecuta el comando multipath con la opción -ll puede causar que el comando falle si una de las rutas está en un dispositivo de bloqueo. Note que el controlador no falla una solicitud después de algún tiempo si el dispositivo no responde.
    Esto es causado por el código de limpieza, el cual espera a que la solicitud de revisión de rutas falle o se complete. Para ver el estado multipath actual sin hacer colgar el comando, utilice multipath -l.
  • La actualización de pm-utils desde una versión Beta de pm-utils de Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, fallará. Se producirá el siguiente error: 
    error: falló al desempacar el archivo en /etc/pm/sleep.d: cpio: renombrar
    Para evitar que esto ocurra, borre el directorio /etc/pm/sleep.d/ antes de la actualización. Si /etc/pm/sleep.d contiene algún archivo, puede mover los archivos a /etc/pm/hooks/.
  • Las pruebas de hardware para el Mellanox MT25204 han revelado que existe un error interno que ocurre bajo ciertas condiciones de cargas altas. Cuando el controlador ib_mthca reporta un error catastrófico en el hardware, generalmente se relaciona con una cola sin completar relacionada con el número de solicitudes de trabajos generados por una aplicación de usuario.
    Aunque el controlador se recuperará de este error y restablecerá el hardware, todas las conexiones existentes al momento del error se perderán. Esto resulta en un error de segmentación en la aplicación de usuario. Además, si opensm está siendo ejecutada mientras el error ocurre, éste debe ser manualmente reiniciado para retornar una operación apropiada.
  • Al instalar Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 en un huésped, el huésped es configurado para utilizar una instalación de kernel temporal provista por dom0. Cuando la instalación haya terminado, podrá utilizar su propio gestor de arranque. Sin embargo, esto sólo se puede llevar a cabo al forzar al huésped de primer inicio a ser un cierre.
    Como tal, cuando el botón de reinicio aparece al final de la instalación del huésped, al hacer clic cierra el huésped, pero no lo reinicia. Esta es una conducta inesperada.
    Observe que después de arrancar el huésped usted utilizará su propio gestor de arranque.
  • La ejecución de rpmbuild en la fuente RPM compiz fallará si algún KDE o paquete de desarrollo qt es instalado, (por ejemplo, qt-devel). Esto es debido a un error en el script de configuración de compiz.
    Para solucionar temporalmente esto, quite todos los KDE o paquetes de desarrollo qt antes de intentar crear el paquete compiz desde su fuente RPM.
  • Si su sistema tiene tarjetas gráficas equipadas ATI Radeon R500 oR600, firstboot no se ejecutará después de la instalación. El sistema irá directamente a la pantalla de inicio gráfica y se saltará todo el firstboot. Si usted intenta ejecutar manualmente firstboot (es decir desde una terminal de seguridad), la sesión X se bloqueará.
    Esto se debe al controlador utilizado por el hardware ATI Radeon R500/R600. El controlador predeterminado utilizado por estas tarjetas gráficas aún está en muestra de tecnología. Para dar una solución temporal a esto, haga una copia de seguridad de su archivo /etc/X11/xorg.conf luego, configure X para utilizar el controlador soportado vesa en lugar de utilizar el siguiente comando:
    system-config-display --reconfig --set-driver=vesa
    Usted puede ahora ejecutar firstboot. Para regresar a sus configuraciones anteriores, restaure su /etc/X11/xorg.conf original.
  • Si su sistema utiliza el temporizador TSC, la llamada al sistema gettimeofday puede moverse hacia atrás. Esto es debido a un problema de sobreflujo que hace que el temporizador TSC salte hacia adelante de modo significativo en algunos casos; cuando esto ocurre, el temporizador TSC se corregirá él mismo, pero en última instancia registrará un movimiento hacia atrás a tiempo.
    Este problema es particularmente grave para sistemas sensibles a tiempo, tales como aquellos para sistemas de transacción y bases de datos. Como tal, si su sistema necesita tiempo de precisión, Red Hat le recomienda establecer el kernel para que pueda utilizar otro temporizador (por ejemplo, HPET).
  • La ejecución de sniff podría resultar en un error. Esto es debido a que algunos paquetes requeridos no están instalados con dogtail.
    Para prevenir que esto suceda, instale los siguientes paquetes de forma manual:
    • librsvg2
    • ghostscript-fonts
    • pygtk2-libglade
  • Thin Provisioning (also known as "virtual provisioning") will be first released with EMC Symmetrix DMX3 and DMX4. Please refer to the EMC Support Matrix and Symmetrix Enginuity code release notes for further details.
  • En /etc/multipath.conf, configurar max_fds a unlimited evitará que el demonio multipathd inicie correctamente. Por lo cual, usted debe utilizar un valor suficientemente alto para esta configuración.
  • El SystemTap actualmente utiliza GCC para sondear los eventos de espacio de usuario. Sin embargo, GCC no pueden proporcionar depuradores con información de lista de ubicación precisa para parámetros. En algunos casos, GCC tampoco puede proporcionar visibilidad en algunos parámetros. Por consiguiente, los scripts de SystemTap que sondean el espacio-usuario pueden entregar lecturas inexactas.
  • El modelo de portátil IBM T41 no entra adecuadamente en el Modo de suspensión; como tal, el Modo de suspensión aún consumirá la vida de la batería normalmente. Esto se debe a que Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 no incluye el módulo radeonfb.
    Como solución temporal, agregue un script llamado hal-system-power-suspend a /usr/share/hal/scripts/ que contenga las siguientes líneas: 
    	
chvt 1
radeontool light off
radeontool dac off
    Este script garantizará que el portátil IBM T41 entre correctamente al Modo de suspensión. Para asegurarse de que el sistema retome las operaciones normales correctamente, agregue el script restore-after-standby al mismo directorio que contenga las siguientes líneas: 
    	
radeontool dac on
radeontool light on
chvt 7
  • Si el módulo edac es cargado, el reporte de memoria de BIOS no funcionará. Esto es debido a que el módulo edac borra el registro que la BIOS utiliza para reportar los errores de memoria.
    El Modelo de actualización de Dispositivo de Red Hat Enterprise Linux indica el kernel para cargar todos los módulos disponibles por defecto (incluyendo el módulo edac). Si desea garantizar el reporte de memoria de BIOS en su sistema, necesita poner en la lista negra los módulos edac. Para hacer esto, agregue las siguientes líneas a /etc/modprobe.conf: 
    	
blacklist edac_mc
blacklist i5000_edac
blacklist i3000_edac
blacklist e752x_edac
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 puede detectar en línea un dispositivo de bloque creciendo o reduciendo de tamaño. Sin embargo, no hay método para detectar automáticamente que un dispositivo haya cambiado de tamaño, por lo tanto se requieren pasos manuales para reconocer esto y cambiar de tamaño todos los sistemas de archivo que residan en un dispositivo (s) determinado. Cuando se detecta el cambio de tamaño de un dispositivo de bloque, aparece un mensaje como el siguiente en los registros del sistema: 
    VFS: busy inodes on changed media or resized disk sdi
    Si el dispositivo de bloque ha crecido, entonces este mensaje puede ser ignorado. Sin embargo, si el dispositivo de bloque se redujo sin ninguna información establecida en el dispositivo de bloque primero, los datos que residen en el dispositivo pueden estar dañados.
    Es sólo posible en línea hacer un cambio de tamaño del sistema de archivos creado en el LUN completo (o dispositivo de bloque). Si hay una tabla de partición en el dispositivo de bloque, entonces el sistema de archivos tendrá que ser desmontado para actualizar la tabla de partición.
  • Si su sistema tiene un sistema de archivo GFS2 montado, un nodo puede colgarse si un inodo en caché se accede en un nodo y se desvincula en otro nodo. Cuando esto se presente, el nodo bloqueado no estará disponible hasta que usted lo separe y recupere a través de un mecanismo de recuperación de cluster normal. Las llamadas de función gfs2_dinode_dealloc y shrink_dcache_memory también aparecerán en la pila de rastros de todos los procesos atrapados en el nodo bloqueado.
    Este problema no afecta sistemas de archivos GFS2 de un nodo único.
  • The following message may be encountered during system boot: 
    Could not detect stabilization, waiting 10 seconds.
Reading all physical volumes.  This may take a while...
    This delay (which may be up to 10 seconds, dependant on the hardware configuration) is necessary to ensure that the kernel has completed scanning the disks.
  • La implementación actual de User Payload Access en ipmitool le permite configurar dispositivos, pero no le permite recuperar las configuraciones actuales para dichos dispositivos.
  • Al usar el parámetro swap --grow en un archivo kickstart sin establecer el parámetro --maxsize al mismo tiempo, hace que Anaconda imponga una restricción en el tamaño máximo de una partición swap. Esto no permite que crezca para llenar el dispositivo.
    Para sistemas con menos de 2GB de memoria física, el límite es dos veces la cantidad de memoria física. Para sistemas con más de 2GB, el límite impuesto es el tamaño de la memoria física más 2GB.
  • The gfs2_convert program may not free up all blocks from the GFS metadata that are no longer used under GFS2. These unused metadata blocks will be discovered and freed the next time gfs2_fsck is run on the file system. It is recommended that gfs2_fsck be run after the filesystem has been converted to free the unused blocks. These unused blocks will be flagged by gfs2_fsck with messages such as: 
    Ondisk and fsck bitmaps differ at block 137 (0x89) 
Ondisk status is 1 (Data) but FSCK thinks it should be 0 (Free)
Metadata type is 0 (free)
    These messages do not indicate corruption in the GFS2 file system, they indicate blocks that should have been freed, but were not. The number of blocks needing to be freed will vary depending on the size of the file system and block size. Many file systems will not encounter this issue at all. Large file systems may have a small number of blocks (typically less than 100).

9.2. x86 Architectures

  • When running the bare-metal (non-Virtualized) kernel, the X server may not be able to retrieve EDID information from the monitor. When this occurs, the graphics driver will be unable to display resolutions highers than 800x600.
    Como solución temporal, añada la siguiente línea a la secciónServerLayout de /etc/X11/xorg.conf: 
    Option "Int10Backend" "x86emu"
  • Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. To do this, perform the following steps:
    1. Abra alsamixer.
    2. Presione Tab para alternar [Capture] en el campo Vista (ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del menú).
    3. Presione la barra espacio.
    4. Para verificar si el registro está activado, el texto anterior al campo ADCMux debería mostrar L R CAPTUR.
  • If encryption is enabled on the boot device during system installation, the following message will be logged during system boot: 
    padlock: VIA PadLock not detected.
    This message can safely be ignored.

9.3. x86_64 Architectures

  • Some machines that use NVIDIA graphics cards may display corrupted graphics or fonts when using the graphical installer or during a graphical login. To work around this, switch to a virtual console and back to the original X host.
  • On an IBM T61 laptop, Red Hat recommends that you refrain from clicking the glxgears window (when glxgears is run). Doing so can lock the system.
    Para evitar esto, desactive la funcionalidad de mosaico. Para ello, agregue la siguiente línea en la sección Device de /etc/X11/xorg.conf: 
    Option "Tiling" "0"
  • Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. To do this, perform the following steps:
    1. Abra alsamixer.
    2. Presione Tab para alternar [Capture] en el campo Vista (ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del menú).
    3. Presione la barra espacio.
    4. Para verificar si el registro está activado, el texto anterior al campo ADCMux debería mostrar L R CAPTUR.
  • Si su sistema utiliza una tarjeta gráfica Intel 945GM, no utilice el controlador i810. Utilice el controlador determinado intel, en su lugar.
  • En portátiles duales-GPU, si uno de los chips gráficos es Intel, el modo gráfico de Intel no puede controlar a ninguna conexión digital externa (incluyendo HDMI, DVI y DisplayPort). Esta es una limitación de hardware del GPU. Si usted requiere conexiones digitales externas, configure el sistema para usar el chip discreto de gráficas (en la BIOS).

9.4. PowerPC Architectures

  • When using Alt-SysRq-W to debug, the following warning message will appear: 
    Badness in smp_call_function at arch/powerpc/kernel/smp.c:223
    Después, el sistema advertirá que se colgará. Este mensaje debe ser ignorado ya que el sistema no se cuelga.
  • Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. To do this, perform the following steps:
    1. Abra alsamixer.
    2. Presione Tab para alternar [Capture] en el campo Vista (ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del menú).
    3. Presione la barra espacio.
    4. Para verificar si el registro está activado, el texto anterior al campo ADCMux debería mostrar L R CAPTUR.
  • The size of the PPC kernel image is too large for OpenFirmware to support. Consequently, network booting will fail, resulting in the following error message: 
    Please wait, loading kernel...
/pci@8000000f8000000/ide@4,1/disk@0:2,vmlinux-anaconda: No such file or directory
boot:
    To work around this:
    1. Boot to the OpenFirmware prompt, by pressing the '8' key when the IBM splash screen is displayed.
    2. Ejecute el siguiente comando: 
      setenv real-base 2000000
    3. Arranque en Servicios de administración del sistema (SMS) con el comando: 
      0> dev /packages/gui obe

9.5. s390x Architectures

  • When running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 on a z/VM that has more than 2GB of guest storage defined, invalid data can be read from and written to any FCP and OSA device attached in QDIO mode with the Queued-I/O assist (QIOASSIST) option enabled. If your system has any such devices attached, Red Hat recommends that you download and install the corresponding z/VM Program Temporary Fix (PTF) from the following link:
    http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=isg1VM64306
  • It is not possible to directly read and convert a z/VM dump into a file. Instead, you should first copy the dump from the z/VM reader into a Linux file system using vmur and convert the dump into a Linux-readable file using vmconvert.
  • The IBM System z does not provide a traditional Unix-style physical console. As such, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 for the IBM System z does not support the firstboot functionality during initial program load.
    Para iniciar apropiadamente la configuración para Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 en sistemas IBM System z, ejecute el siguiente comando después de la instalación:
    • /usr/bin/setup — proporcionado por el paquete setuptool
    • /usr/bin/rhn_register — proporcionado por el paquete rhn-setup

9.6. ia64 Architecture

  • Some Itanium systems cannot properly produce console output from the kexec purgatory code. This code contains instructions for backing up the first 640k of memory after a crash.
    Mientras los mensajes de salida de la consola de purgatory puede ser útil para diagnosticar problemas, no es necesario para que kdump funcione apropiadamente. Por lo tanto, si su sistema Itanium es reiniciado durante una operación de kdump, desactive la salida de consola en purgatory añadiendo --noio a la variable KEXEC_ARGS en /etc/sysconfig/kdump.
  • Running perftest will fail if different CPU speeds are detected. As such, you should disable CPU speed scaling before running perftest.
  • When the kdump kernel is booted, the following error will appear in the boot log: 
    mknod: /tmp/initrd.[numbers]/dev/efirtc: No such file or directory
    Este error resulta de una solicitud al crear el efirtc en una ruta incorrecta. Sin embargo, la ruta del dispositivo en cuestión es también creada estáticamente en el initramfs cuando el servicio kdump es iniciado. Como tal, la creación de tiempo de ejecución de un nodo de dispositivo es redundante, inofensivo, y no debería afectar el rendimiento de kdump.
  • Some systems may be unable to boot the kdump kernel properly. In such cases, use the machvec=dig kernel parameter.
  • Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. To do this, perform the following steps:
    1. Abra alsamixer.
    2. Presione Tab para alternar [Capture] en el campo Vista (ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del menú).
    3. Presione la barra espacio.
    4. Para verificar si el registro está activado, el texto anterior al campo ADCMux debería mostrar L R CAPTUR.
  • En sistemas basados en Itanium de Intel que ejecuten SELinux en modo de orden, los booleanos allow_unconfined_execmem_dyntrans y allow_execmem deben ser encendidos para permitir que la capa de ejecución IA-32 (el servicio ia32el) funcione correctamente. Si el booleano allow_unconfined_execmem_dyntrans está apagado, pero el booleano allow_execmem está encendido, el cual es el predeterminado para Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, el servicio ia32el soporta emulación de 32 bits; sin embargo, si los dos booleanos están apagados, la emulación falla.

10. Added Packages

cmirror-1.1.36-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: cmirror - The Cluster Mirror Package
  • Description: 
    cmirror - Cluster Mirroring
cmirror-kmod-0.1.21-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: cmirror kernel modules
  • Description: 
    cmirror-kmod - The Cluster Mirror kernel modules
compat-libcom_err-1.0-7
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A libcom_err compatibility library
  • Description: 
    The compat-libcom_err package contains libcom_err.so.3, which may be required
by applications which were built against older packages of MIT Kerberos.
crash-spu-commands-1.1-1
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: Cell/B.E. SPU commands extension for crash
  • Description: 
    Specific commands for debugging SPU run control data using crash.
dapl-2.0.13-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing access to the DAT 1.2 and 2.0 APIs
  • Description: 
    libdat and libdapl provide a userspace implementation of the DAT 1.2 and 2.0
API that is built to natively support InfiniBand/iWARP network technology.
dstat-0.6.6-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Versatile resource statistics tool
  • Description: 
    Dstat is a versatile replacement for vmstat, iostat, netstat and ifstat.
Dstat overcomes some of their limitations and adds some extra features,
more counters and flexibility. Dstat is handy for monitoring systems
during performance tuning tests, benchmarks or troubleshooting.

Dstat allows you to view all of your system resources instantly, you
can eg. compare disk usage in combination with interrupts from your
IDE controller, or compare the network bandwidth numbers directly
with the disk throughput (in the same interval).

Dstat gives you detailed selective information in columns and clearly
indicates in what magnitude and unit the output is displayed. Less
confusion, less mistakes.
e4fsprogs-1.41.1-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Utilities for managing the fourth extended (ext4) filesystem
  • Description: 
    The e4fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the
fourth extended (ext4) filesystem. E4fsprogs contains
e4fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean
shutdown), mke4fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an
empty ext4 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal
structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted
filesystem, or to create test cases for e4fsck), tune4fs (used to
modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext4fs
filesystem utilities.

Please note that "e4fsprogs" simply contains renamed static binaries
from the equivalent upstream e2fsprogs release; it is packaged this
way for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to ensure that the many changes
included for ext4 do not destabilize the core e2fsprogs in RHEL5.

You should install the e4fsprogs package if you need to manage the
performance of an ext4 filesystem.
ecryptfs-utils-56-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The eCryptfs mount helper and support libraries
  • Description: 
    eCryptfs is a stacked cryptographic filesystem that ships in the
Linux kernel. This package provides the mount helper and supporting
libraries to perform key management and mount functions.

Install ecryptfs-utils if you would like to mount eCryptfs.
fipscheck-1.0.3-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A library for integrity verification of FIPS validated modules
  • Description: 
    FIPSCheck is a library for integrity verification of FIPS validated
modules. The package also provides helper binaries for creation and
verification of the HMAC-SHA256 checksum files.
freeipmi-0.5.1-6.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: FreeIPMI
  • Description: 
    The FreeIPMI project provides "Remote-Console" (out-of-band) and
"System Management Software" (in-band) based on Intelligent
Platform Management Interface specification.

This package contains a Technology Preview for FreeIPMI. Please visit
http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the Red Hat support
policies.
gcc43-4.3.2-7.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Preview of GCC version 4.3
  • Description: 
    The gcc43 package contains preview the GNU Compiler Collection version 4.3.
gtk-vnc-0.3.2-3.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A GTK widget for VNC clients
  • Description: 
    gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK. It is built using coroutines
allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded.
ibsim-0.4-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: InfiniBand fabric simulator for management
  • Description: 
    ibsim provides simulation of infiniband fabric for using with OFA OpenSM,
diagnostic and management tools.
infiniband-diags-1.4.1-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand Diagnostic Tools
  • Description: 
    This package provides IB diagnostic programs and scripts needed to
diagnose an IB subnet.
isns-utils-0.91-0.1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The iSNS daemon and utility programs
  • Description: 
    The iSNS package contains the daemon and tools to setup a iSNS server,
and iSNS client tools. The Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) protocol
allows automated discovery, management and configuration of iSCSI and
Fibre Channel devices (using iFCP gateways) on a TCP/IP network.
java-1.6.0-openjdk-1.6.0.0-0.25.b09.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: OpenJDK Runtime Environment
  • Description: 
    The OpenJDK runtime environment.
ktune-0.2-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Server performance tuning service
  • Description: 
    ktune provides settings for server performance tuning. Please have a look at
/etc/sysconfig/ktune and /etc/sysctl.ktune for tuning
parameters.
libcmpiutil-0.4-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: CMPI Utility Library
  • Description: 
    Libcmpiutil is a library of utility functions for CMPI providers.
The goal is to reduce the amount of repetitive work done in
most CMPI providers by encapsulating common procedures with more
"normal" APIs. This extends from operations like getting typed
instance properties to standardizing method dispatch and argument checking.
libcxgb3-1.2.2-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Chelsio T3 iWARP HCA Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP verbs
library. This driver enables Chelsio iWARP capable ethernet devices.
libehca-1.2-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: IBM InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    IBM hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library.
libibcm-1.0.3-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Userspace InfiniBand Communication Manager.
  • Description: 
    libibcm provides a userspace InfiniBand Communication Managment library.
libibcommon-1.1.1-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand management common library
  • Description: 
    libibcommon provides common utility functions for the OFA diagnostic and
management tools.
libibmad-1.2.1-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand MAD library
  • Description: 
    libibmad provides low layer IB functions for use by the IB diagnostic
and management programs. These include MAD, SA, SMP, and other basic
IB functions.
libibumad-1.2.1-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand umad (user MAD) library
  • Description: 
    libibumad provides the user MAD library functions which sit on top of
the user MAD modules in the kernel. These are used by the IB diagnostic
and management tools, including OpenSM.
libibverbs-1.1.2-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing access to InfiniBand/iWARP hardware verbs protocol
  • Description: 
    libibverbs is a library that allows userspace processes to use
InfiniBand/iWARP "verbs" as described in the InfiniBand Architecture
Specification. This includes direct hardware access for fast path
operations.

For this library to be useful, a device-specific plug-in module should
also be installed.
libipathverbs-1.1-11.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: QLogic InfiniPath HCA Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    QLogic hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports QLogic InfiniPath based cards.
libmlx4-1.0-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports Mellanox ConnectX architecture cards.
libmthca-1.0.5-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Mellanox InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports Mellanox based Single Data Rate and Dual Data
Rate cards, including those from Cisco, Topspin, and Voltaire. It does
not support the Connect-X architecture based Quad Data Rate cards (libmlx4
handles that hardware).
libnes-0.5-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: NetEffect RNIC Userspace Driver
  • Description: 
    Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP verbs
library. This driver enables NetEffect iWARP capable ethernet devices.
librdmacm-1.0.8-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Userspace RDMA Connection Manager.
  • Description: 
    librdmacm provides a userspace RDMA Communication Managment API.
libsdp-1.1.99-10.el5_2
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A library for direct userspace use of Sockets Direct Protocol
  • Description: 
    libsdp is an LD_PRELOAD-able library that can be used to have existing
applications use InfiniBand Sockets Direct Protocol (SDP) instead of
TCP sockets, transparently and without recompilation. For information
on how to configure libsdp, see libsdp.conf, which is installed in
$(sysconfdir) (usually /usr/local/etc or /etc).
libsmi-0.4.5-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A library to access SMI MIB information
  • Description: 
    Libsmi is a C library to access MIB module information through
a well defined API that hides the nasty details of locating
and parsing SMIv1/v2 MIB modules.

This package contains tools to check, dump, and convert MIB
definitions and a steadily maintained and revised archive
of all IETF and IANA maintained standard MIB modules.
libspe2-2.2.80.121-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: SPE Runtime Management Library
  • Description: 
    SPE Runtime Management Library for the
Cell Broadband Engine Architecture.
libvirt-cim-0.5.1-4.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A CIM provider for libvirt
  • Description: 
    Libvirt-cim is a CMPI CIM provider that implements the DMTF SVPC
virtualization model. The goal is to support most of the features
exported by libvirt itself, enabling management of multiple
platforms with a single provider.
mpi-selector-1.0.1-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Provides site-wide and per-user MPI implementation selection
  • Description: 
    A simple tool that allows system administrators to set a site-wide
default for which MPI implementation is to be used, but also allow
users to set their own default MPI implementation, thereby overriding
the site-wide default.

The default can be changed easily via the mpi-selector command --
editing of shell startup files is not required.
mpitests-3.0-2.el5
  • Group: Applications
  • Summary: MPI Benchmarks and tests
  • Description: 
    Set of popular MPI benchmarks:
IMB-2.3
Presta-1.4.0
OSU benchmarks ver 2.2
mstflint-1.3-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Mellanox firmware burning tool
  • Description: 
    This package contains a burning tool for Mellanox manufactured HCA cards.
It also provides access to the relevant source code.
mvapich-1.1.0-0.2931.3.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: MPI implementation over Infiniband RDMA-enabled interconnect
  • Description: 
    This is high performance and scalable MPI-1 implementation over Infiniband and RDMA-enabled interconnect.
This implementation is based on MPICH and MVICH. MVAPICH is pronounced as `em-vah-pich''.
mvapich2-1.0.3-3.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: OSU MVAPICH2 MPI package
  • Description: 
    This is an MPI-2 implementation which includes all MPI-1 features. It is
based on MPICH2 and MVICH.
nedit-5.5-21.el5
  • Group: Applications/Editors
  • Summary: A GUI text editor for systems with X
  • Description: 
    NEdit is a GUI text editor for the X Window System. NEdit is
very easy to use, especially if you are familiar with the
Macintosh(TM) or Microsoft(TM) Windows(TM) style of interface.
nspluginwrapper-0.9.91.5-22.el5
  • Group: Networking/WWW
  • Summary: A compatibility layer for Netscape 4 plugins
  • Description: 
    nspluginwrapper makes it possible to use Netscape 4 compatible plugins
compiled for ppc into Mozilla for another architecture, e.g. x86_64.

This package consists in:
* npviewer: the plugin viewer
* npwrapper.so: the browser-side plugin
* mozilla-plugin-config: a tool to manage plugins installation and update
ofed-docs-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.1.el5
  • Group: Documentation/Man
  • Summary: OpenFabrics Enterprise Distribution documentation
  • Description: 
    Documentation from OFED 1.3
opensm-3.2.2-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: OpenIB InfiniBand Subnet Manager and management utilities
  • Description: 
    OpenSM is the OpenIB project's Subnet Manager for Infiniband networks.
The subnet manager is run as a system daemon on one of the machines in
the infiniband fabric to manage the fabric's routing state. This package
also contains various tools for diagnosing and testing Infiniband networks
that can be used from any machine and do not need to be run on a machine
running the opensm daemon.
openswan-2.6.14-1.el5_2.1
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Openswan IPSEC implementation
  • Description: 
    Openswan is a free implementation of IPSEC & IKE for Linux. IPSEC is
the Internet Protocol Security and uses strong cryptography to provide
both authentication and encryption services. These services allow you
to build secure tunnels through untrusted networks. Everything passing
through the untrusted net is encrypted by the ipsec gateway machine and
decrypted by the gateway at the other end of the tunnel. The resulting
tunnel is a virtual private network or VPN.

This package contains the daemons and userland tools for setting up
Openswan on a freeswan enabled kernel.
perftest-1.2-11.el5
  • Group: Productivity/Networking/Diagnostic
  • Summary: IB Performance tests
  • Description: 
    gen2 uverbs microbenchmarks
perl-Archive-Zip-1.16-1.2.1
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Perl library for accessing Zip archives
  • Description: 
    The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate,
read, and write Zip archive files.
Zip archives can be created, or you can read from existing zip files.
Once created, they can be written to files, streams, or strings.
Members can be added, removed, extracted, replaced, rearranged, and
enumerated. They can also be renamed or have their dates, comments,
or other attributes queried or modified. Their data can be compressed
or uncompressed as needed. Members can be created from members in
existing Zip files, or from existing directories, files, or strings.
perl-Config-General-2.40-1.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Generic configuration module for Perl
  • Description: 
    This module opens a config file and parses it's contents for
you. After parsing the module returns a hash structure which contains
the representation of the config file.
The format of config files supported by Config::General is inspired by
the well known apache config format, in fact, this module is 100%
read-compatible to apache configs, but you can also just use simple
name/value pairs in your config files.
In addition to the capabilities of a apache config file it supports
some enhancements such as here-documents, C- style comments or
multiline options. It is also possible to save the config back to
disk, which makes the module a perfect backend for configuration
interfaces.
It is possible to use variables in config files and there exists also
support for object oriented access to the configuration.
pexpect-2.3-1.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Pure Python Expect-like module
  • Description: 
    Pexpect is a pure Python module for spawning child applications; controlling
them; and responding to expected patterns in their output. Pexpect works like
Don Libes' Expect. Pexpect allows your script to spawn a child application and
control it as if a human were typing commands.

Pexpect can be used for automating interactive applications such as ssh, ftp,
passwd, telnet, etc. It can be used to automate setup scripts for duplicating
software package installations on different servers. And it can be used for
automated software testing. Pexpect is in the spirit of Don Libes' Expect, but
Pexpect is pure Python. Unlike other Expect-like modules for Python, Pexpect
does not require TCL or Expect nor does it require C extensions to be compiled.
It should work on any platform that supports the standard Python pty module.
python-iniparse-0.2.3-4.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Python Module for Accessing and Modifying Configuration Data in INI files
  • Description: 
    iniparse is an INI parser for Python which is API compatible
with the standard library's ConfigParser, preserves structure of INI
files (order of sections & options, indentation, comments, and blank
lines are preserved when data is updated), and is more convenient to
use.
python-setuptools-0.6c5-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Download, build, install, upgrade, and uninstall Python packages
  • Description: 
    setuptools is a collection of enhancements to the Python distutils that allow
you to more easily build and distribute Python packages, especially ones that
have dependencies on other packages.
qlvnictools-0.0.1-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: VNIC ULP service
  • Description: 
    VNIC ULP service
qperf-0.4.1-2.el5
  • Group: Networking/Diagnostic
  • Summary: Measure socket and RDMA performance
  • Description: 
    Measure socket and RDMA performance.
rsyslog-2.0.6-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Enhanced system logging and kernel message trapping daemons
  • Description: 
    Rsyslog is an enhanced multi-threaded syslogd supporting, among others, MySQL,
syslog/tcp, RFC 3195, permitted sender lists, filtering on any message part,
and fine grain output format control. It is quite compatible to stock sysklogd
and can be used as a drop-in replacement. Its advanced features make it
suitable for enterprise-class, encryption protected syslog relay chains while
at the same time being very easy to setup for the novice user.
setroubleshoot-plugins-2.0.4-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Analysis plugins for use with setroubleshoot
  • Description: 
    This package provides a set of analysis plugins for use with
setroubleshoot. Each plugin has the capacity to analyze SELinux AVC
data and system data to provide user friendly reports describing how
to interpret SELinux AVC denials.
sgpio-1.2.0_10-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: SGPIO captive backplane tool
  • Description: 
    Intel SGPIO enclosure management utility
This package contains (part of) a Technology Preview for
Application for AHCI driver with SGPIO support.
Please visit http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the
Red Hat support policies.
srptools-0.0.4-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools for using the InfiniBand SRP protocol devices
  • Description: 
    In conjunction with the kernel ib_srp driver, srptools allows you to
discover and use SCSI devices via the SCSI RDMA Protocol over InfiniBand.
system-config-netboot-0.1.45.1-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: network booting/install configuration utility (GUI)
  • Description: 
    system-config-netboot is a utility which allows you to configure
diskless environments and network installations.
tpm-tools-1.3.1-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Management tools for the TPM hardware
  • Description: 
    tpm-tools is a group of tools to manage and utilize the Trusted Computing
Group's TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys
securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's
software state using cryptographic hashes and more.
trousers-0.3.1-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: TCG's Software Stack v1.2
  • Description: 
    TrouSerS is an implementation of the Trusted Computing Group's Software Stack
(TSS) specification. You can use TrouSerS to write applications that make use
of your TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys
securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's software
state using cryptographic hashes and more.
tvflash-0.9.0-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Tool to manage Mellanox HCA firmware flash memory
  • Description: 
    tvflash is used to query and update the firmware flash memory attached
to Mellanox InfiniBand HCAs.
udftools-1.0.0b3-0.1.el5
  • Group: Applications/Archiving
  • Summary: Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities
  • Description: 
    Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities.
virt-viewer-0.0.2-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Virtual Machine Viewer
  • Description: 
    Virtual Machine Viewer provides a graphical console client for connecting
to virtual machines. It uses the GTK-VNC widget to provide the display,
and libvirt for looking up VNC server details.
wacomexpresskeys-0.4.1-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Wacom ExpressKeys and Touch Strips configuration utility
  • Description: 
    Configuration utility to bind Wacom tablet's ExpressKeys and Touch Strips to
generate other input events.
wdaemon-0.14-2
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Hotplug helper for Wacom X.org driver
  • Description: 
    Helper application which emulates persistent input devices for Wacom tablets
so they can be plugged and unplugged while X.org server is running. This should
go away as soon X.org properly supports hotplugging.
xulrunner-1.9.0.5-1.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: XUL Runtime for Gecko Applications
  • Description: 
    XULRunner provides the XUL Runtime environment for Gecko applications.
yum-updatesd-0.9-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Update notification daemon
  • Description: 
    yum-updatesd provides a daemon which checks for available updates and
can notify you when they are available via email, syslog or dbus.

11. Dropped Packages

cachefilesd-0.8-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: CacheFiles userspace management daemon
  • Description: 
    The cachefilesd daemon manages the caching files and directory that are
that are used by network filesystems such a AFS and NFS to
do persistent caching to the local disk.
frysk-0.0.1.2007.06.21.rh2-4.el5
  • Group: Development/System
  • Summary: Frysk execution analysis tool
  • Description: 
    Frysk is an execution-analysis technology implemented using native Java and C++.
It is aimed at providing developers and sysadmins with the ability to both
examine and analyze running multi-host, multi-process, multi-threaded systems.
Frysk allows the monitoring of running processes and threads, of locking
primitives and will also expose deadlocks, gather data and debug any given
process in the system.
gfs2-kmod-1.52-1.16.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: gfs2 kernel module
  • Description: 
    GFS2 - The GFS2 filesystem provided for RHEL5.
sysreport-1.4.3-13.el5
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: Gathers system hardware and configuration information.
  • Description: 
    Sysreport is a utility that gathers information about a system's
hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for
diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sysreport is commonly used to help
support technicians and developers by providing a "snapshot" of a
system's current layout.

12. Updated Packages

Cluster_Administration-5.1.0-7 - Cluster_Administration-5.2-1
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Red Hat Cluster for Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • Description: 
    Configuring and Managing a Red Hat Cluster describes the configuration and management of Red Hat cluster systems
for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 It does not include information about Red Hat Linux
Virtual Servers (LVS). Information about installing and configuring
LVS is in a separate document.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
Deployment_Guide-5.1.0-11 - Deployment_Guide-5.2-11
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Deployment Guide
  • Description: 
    This Deployment Guide documents relevant information regarding the
deployment, configuration and administration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.2.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
Global_File_System-5.1.0-6 - Global_File_System-5.2-1
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Red Hat Global File System
  • Description: 
    This book provides information about installing, configuring, and
maintaining Red Hat GFS (Red Hat Global File System) for Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.2.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-3.el5.4 - ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-4.el5_1.1
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: An X application for displaying and manipulating images.
  • Description: 
    ImageMagick(TM) is an image display and manipulation tool for the X
Window System. ImageMagick can read and write JPEG, TIFF, PNM, GIF,
and Photo CD image formats. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color
reduce, or add special effects to an image, and when finished you can
either save the completed work in the original format or a different
one. ImageMagick also includes command line programs for creating
animated or transparent .gifs, creating composite images, creating
thumbnail images, and more.

ImageMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate
and dis play images. If you want to develop your own applications
which use ImageMagick code or APIs, you need to install
ImageMagick-devel as well.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
NetworkManager-0.6.4-6.el5 - NetworkManager-0.7.0-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Network connection manager and user applications
  • Description: 
    NetworkManager attempts to keep an active network connection available at all
times. It is intended only for the desktop use-case, and is not intended for
usage on servers.  The point of NetworkManager is to make networking
configuration and setup as painless and automatic as possible. If using DHCP,
NetworkManager is intended to replace default routes, obtain IP addresses
from a DHCP server, and change nameservers whenever it sees fit.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • dbus-devel >= 1.1
    • dbus-glib-devel >= 0.73-6
    • dhclient
    • doxygen
    • gtk-doc
    • intltool
    • libdaemon-devel
    • libnotify-devel >= 0.4.2
    • libtool
    • nss-devel >= 3.11.7
    • perl(XML::Parser)
    • ppp >= 2.2.4
    • wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-2
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • dbus-devel >= 0.90
    • dbus-glib-devel >= 0.70
    • dhcdbd
    • gnome-panel-devel
    • libgnomeui-devel
    • libnl-devel
    • libnotify-devel >= 0.3
    • perl-XML-Parser
    • wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-0pre9
ORBit2-2.14.3-4.el5 - ORBit2-2.14.3-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A high-performance CORBA Object Request Broker
  • Description: 
    ORBit is a high-performance CORBA (Common Object Request Broker
Architecture) ORB (object request broker). It allows programs to
send requests and receive replies from other programs, regardless
of the locations of the two programs. CORBA is an architecture that
enables communication between program objects, regardless of the
programming language they're written in or the operating system they
run on.

You will need to install this package and ORBit-devel if you want to
write programs that use CORBA technology.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
OpenIPMI-2.0.6-5.el5.4 - OpenIPMI-2.0.6-11.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: OpenIPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) library and tools
  • Description: 
    The Open IPMI project aims to develop an open code base to allow access to
platform information using Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI).
This package contains the tools of the OpenIPMI project.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
SysVinit-2.86-14 - SysVinit-2.86-15.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Programs which control basic system processes.
  • Description: 
    The SysVinit package contains a group of processes that control
the very basic functions of your system. SysVinit includes the init
program, the first program started by the Linux kernel when the
system boots. Init then controls the startup, running, and shutdown
of all other programs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
Virtualization-5.1.0-12 - Virtualization-5.2-11
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Virtualization Guide
  • Description: 
    The Red Hat Enterprise Linux Virtualization Guide contains
information on installation, configuring, administering, tips,
tricks and troubleshooting virtualization technologies used in Red
Hat Enterprise Linux.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
a2ps-4.13b-57.1.el5 - a2ps-4.13b-57.2.el5
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: Converts text and other types of files to PostScript(TM).
  • Description: 
    The a2ps filter converts text and other types of files to PostScript(TM).
A2ps has pretty-printing capabilities and includes support for a wide
number of programming languages, encodings (ISO Latins, Cyrillic, etc.),
and medias.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • psutils
  • No removed dependencies
acl-2.2.39-2.1.el5 - acl-2.2.39-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Access control list utilities.
  • Description: 
    This package contains the getfacl and setfacl utilities needed for
manipulating access control lists.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
acpid-1.0.4-5 - acpid-1.0.4-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: ACPI Event Daemon
  • Description: 
    acpid is a daemon that dispatches ACPI events to user-space programs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
alsa-lib-1.0.14-1.rc4.el5 - alsa-lib-1.0.17-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) library.
  • Description: 
    The Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) provides audio and MIDI
functionality to the Linux operating system.

This package includes the ALSA runtime libraries to simplify application
programming and provide higher level functionality as well as support for
the older OSS API, providing binary compatibility for most OSS programs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
alsa-utils-1.0.14-2.rc4.el5 - alsa-utils-1.0.17-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) utilities
  • Description: 
    This package contains command line utilities for the Advanced Linux Sound
Architecture (ALSA).
  • Added Dependencies:
    • alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.17
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.14
amtu-1.0.4-4 - amtu-1.0.6-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Abstract Machine Test Utility (AMTU)
  • Description: 
    Abstract Machine Test Utility (AMTU) is an administrative utility to check
whether the underlying protection mechanism of the hardware are still being
enforced. This is a requirement of the Controlled Access Protection Profile
FPT_AMT.1, see
http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/library/protection_profiles/CAPP-1.d.pdf
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
anaconda-11.1.2.87-1 - anaconda-11.1.2.168-1
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Graphical system installer
  • Description: 
    The anaconda package contains the program which was used to install your
system. These files are of little use on an already installed system.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • iscsi-initiator-utils >= 6.2.0.868-0.9
    • kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.18
    • libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-5
    • libnl-devel >= 1.0-0.10.pre5.5
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • glib2-devel >= 2.11.1-5
    • kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.15
    • libdhcp-devel >= 1.16
apr-util-1.2.7-6 - apr-util-1.2.7-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Apache Portable Runtime Utility library
  • Description: 
    The mission of the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is to provide a
free library of C data structures and routines. This library
contains additional utility interfaces for APR; including support
for XML, LDAP, database interfaces, URI parsing and more.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
at-spi-1.7.11-2.fc6 - at-spi-1.7.11-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface
  • Description: 
    at-spi allows assistive technologies to access GTK-based
applications. Essentially it exposes the internals of applications for
automation, so tools such as screen readers, magnifiers, or even
scripting interfaces can query and interact with GUI controls.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
audit-1.5.5-7.el5 - audit-1.7.7-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: User space tools for 2.6 kernel auditing
  • Description: 
    The audit package contains the user space utilities for
storing and searching the audit records generate by
the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • openldap-devel
    • tcp_wrappers
  • No removed dependencies
authconfig-5.3.12-2.el5 - authconfig-5.3.21-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Command line tool for setting up authentication from network services
  • Description: 
    Authconfig is a command line utility which can configure a workstation
to use shadow (more secure) passwords. Authconfig can also configure a
system to be a client for certain networked user information and
authentication schemes.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • python >= 2.4.1
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • python
autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.55 - autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.102
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A tool for automatically mounting and unmounting filesystems.
  • Description: 
    autofs is a daemon which automatically mounts filesystems when you use
them, and unmounts them later when you are not using them. This can
include network filesystems, CD-ROMs, floppies, and so forth.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
bash-3.1-16.1 - bash-3.2-24.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Shells
  • Summary: The GNU Bourne Again shell (bash) version 3.2
  • Description: 
    The GNU Bourne Again shell (Bash) is a shell or command language
interpreter that is compatible with the Bourne shell (sh). Bash
incorporates useful features from the Korn shell (ksh) and the C shell
(csh). Most sh scripts can be run by bash without modification. This
package (bash) contains bash version 3.2, which improves POSIX
compliance over previous versions.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • gettext
  • No removed dependencies
bind-9.3.3-10.el5 - bind-9.3.4-10.P1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) DNS (Domain Name System) server.
  • Description: 
    BIND (Berkeley Internet Name Domain) is an implementation of the DNS
(Domain Name System) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named),
which resolves host names to IP addresses; a resolver library
(routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and
tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating properly.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
binutils-2.17.50.0.6-5.el5 - binutils-2.17.50.0.6-9.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: A GNU collection of binary utilities.
  • Description: 
    Binutils is a collection of binary utilities, including ar (for
creating, modifying and extracting from archives), as (a family of GNU
assemblers), gprof (for displaying call graph profile data), ld (the
GNU linker), nm (for listing symbols from object files), objcopy (for
copying and translating object files), objdump (for displaying
information from object files), ranlib (for generating an index for
the contents of an archive), size (for listing the section sizes of an
object or archive file), strings (for listing printable strings from
files), strip (for discarding symbols), and addr2line (for converting
addresses to file and line).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
bluez-libs-3.7-1 - bluez-libs-3.7-1.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Bluetooth libraries
  • Description: 
    Libraries for use in Bluetooth applications.

The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
bluez-utils-3.7-2 - bluez-utils-3.7-2.2
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Bluetooth utilities
  • Description: 
    Bluetooth utilities (bluez-utils):
- hcitool
- hciattach
- hciconfig
- hcid
- l2ping
- start scripts (Red Hat)
- pcmcia configuration files

The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7-1.1
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7
booty-0.80.4-5 - booty-0.80.6-5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: simple python bootloader config lib
  • Description: 
    Small python library for use with bootloader configuration by anaconda
and up2date.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
busybox-1.2.0-3 - busybox-1.2.0-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Shells
  • Summary: Statically linked binary providing simplified versions of system commands
  • Description: 
    Busybox is a single binary which includes versions of a large number
of system commands, including a shell. This package can be very
useful for recovering from certain types of system failures,
particularly those involving broken shared libraries.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
bzip2-1.0.3-3 - bzip2-1.0.3-4.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/File
  • Summary: A file compression utility.
  • Description: 
    Bzip2 is a freely available, patent-free, high quality data compressor.
Bzip2 compresses files to within 10 to 15 percent of the capabilities
of the best techniques available. However, bzip2 has the added benefit
of being approximately two times faster at compression and six times
faster at decompression than those techniques. Bzip2 is not the
fastest compression utility, but it does strike a balance between speed
and compression capability.

Install bzip2 if you need a compression utility.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
cairo-1.2.4-2.el5 - cairo-1.2.4-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A vector graphics library
  • Description: 
    Cairo is a vector graphics library designed to provide high-quality
display and print output. Currently supported output targets include
the X Window System, OpenGL (via glitz), in-memory image buffers, and
image files (PDF, PostScript, and SVG). Cairo is designed to produce
identical output on all output media while taking advantage of display
hardware acceleration when available (eg. through the X Render
Extension or OpenGL).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ccid-1.0.1-6.el5 - ccid-1.3.8-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Generic USB CCID smart card reader driver
  • Description: 
    Generic USB CCID (Chip/Smart Card Interface Devices) driver.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • pcsc-lite-devel >= 1.3.3
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • pcsc-lite-devel >= %{pcsc-lite_ver}
cdrtools-2.01-10 - cdrtools-2.01-10.7.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A collection of CD/DVD utilities.
  • Description: 
    cdrtools is a collection of CD/DVD utilities.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
checkpolicy-1.33.1-2.el5 - checkpolicy-1.33.1-4.el5
  • Group: Development/System
  • Summary: SELinux policy compiler
  • Description: 
    Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number
of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add
mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux
kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to
improve the security of the Flask operating system. These
architectural components provide general support for the enforcement
of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those
based on the concepts of Type Enforcement®, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.

This package contains checkpolicy, the SELinux policy compiler.
Only required for building policies.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
chkconfig-1.3.30.1-1 - chkconfig-1.3.30.1-2
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A system tool for maintaining the /etc/rc*.d hierarchy.
  • Description: 
    Chkconfig is a basic system utility. It updates and queries runlevel
information for system services. Chkconfig manipulates the numerous
symbolic links in /etc/rc.d, to relieve system administrators of some
of the drudgery of manually editing the symbolic links.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
clustermon-0.10.0-5.el5 - clustermon-0.12.1-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Monitoring and management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux Cluster Suite
  • Description: 
    This package contains Red Hat Enterprise Linux Cluster Suite
SNMP/CIM module/agent/provider.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • cman-devel
  • No removed dependencies
cman-2.0.73-1.el5 - cman-2.0.98-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: cman - The Cluster Manager
  • Description: 
    cman - The Cluster Manager
  • Added Dependencies:
    • kernel-headers
  • No removed dependencies
conga-0.10.0-6.el5 - conga-0.12.1-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Remote Management System
  • Description: 
    Conga is a project developing management system for remote stations.
It consists of luci, https frontend, and ricci, secure daemon that dispatches
incoming messages to underlying management modules.
  • No added dependencies
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • cman-devel
control-center-2.16.0-14.el5 - control-center-2.16.0-16.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: GNOME Control Center
  • Description: 
    GNOME (the GNU Network Object Model Environment) is an attractive and
easy-to-use GUI desktop environment. The control-center package
provides the GNOME Control Center utilities that allow you to setup
and configure your system's GNOME environment (things like the desktop
background and theme, the screensaver, system sounds, and mouse
behavior).

If you install GNOME, you need to install control-center.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
coolkey-1.1.0-5.el5 - coolkey-1.1.0-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: CoolKey PKCS #11 module
  • Description: 
    Linux Driver support for the CoolKey and CAC products.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
coreutils-5.97-12.1.el5 - coreutils-5.97-19.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The GNU core utilities: a set of tools commonly used in shell scripts
  • Description: 
    These are the GNU core utilities. This package is the combination of
the old GNU fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
cpufreq-utils-002-1.1.43.el5 - cpufreq-utils-005-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: CPU Frequency changing related utilities
  • Description: 
    cpufreq-utils contains several utilities that can be used to control
the cpufreq interface provided by the kernel on hardware that
supports CPU frequency scaling.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
cpuspeed-1.2.1-1.48.el5 - cpuspeed-1.2.1-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: CPU frequency adjusting daemon
  • Description: 
    cpuspeed is a daemon that dynamically changes the speed
of your processor(s) depending upon its current workload
if it is capable (needs Intel Speedstep, AMD PowerNow!,
or similar support).

This package also supports enabling cpu frequency scaling
via in-kernel governors on Intel Centrino and AMD
Athlon64/Opteron platforms.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
crash-4.0-4.6.1 - crash-4.0-7.2.3
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: crash utility for live systems; netdump, diskdump, kdump, LKCD or mcore dumpfiles
  • Description: 
    The core analysis suite is a self-contained tool that can be used to
investigate either live systems, kernel core dumps created from the
netdump, diskdump and kdump packages from Red Hat Linux, the mcore kernel patch
offered by Mission Critical Linux, or the LKCD kernel patch.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
createrepo-0.4.4-2.fc6 - createrepo-0.4.11-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Creates a common metadata repository
  • Description: 
    This utility will generate a common metadata repository from a directory of rpm
packages.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • python
  • No removed dependencies
crypto-utils-2.3-1 - crypto-utils-2.3-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: SSL certificate and key management utilities
  • Description: 
    This package provides tools for managing and generating
SSL certificates and keys.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-2.2.el5 - cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A utility for setting up encrypted filesystems
  • Description: 
    This package contains cryptsetup, a utility for setting up
encrypted filesystems using Device Mapper and the dm-crypt target.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
cups-1.2.4-11.14.el5 - cups-1.3.7-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Common Unix Printing System
  • Description: 
    The Common UNIX Printing System provides a portable printing layer for
UNIX® operating systems. It has been developed by Easy Software Products
to promote a standard printing solution for all UNIX vendors and users.
CUPS provides the System V and Berkeley command-line interfaces.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • avahi-compat-libdns_sd-devel
    • krb5-devel
  • No removed dependencies
cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-1.1.el5 - cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A high-performance mail server with IMAP, POP3, NNTP and SIEVE support
  • Description: 
    The cyrus-imapd package contains the core of the Cyrus IMAP server.
It is a scaleable enterprise mail system designed for use from
small to large enterprise environments using standards-based
internet mail technologies.

A full Cyrus IMAP implementation allows a seamless mail and bulletin
board environment to be set up across multiple servers. It differs from
other IMAP server implementations in that it is run on "sealed"
servers, where users are not normally permitted to log in and have no
system account on the server. The mailbox database is stored in parts
of the filesystem that are private to the Cyrus IMAP server. All user
access to mail is through software using the IMAP, POP3 or KPOP
protocols. It also includes support for virtual domains, NNTP,
mailbox annotations, and much more. The private mailbox database design
gives the server large advantages in efficiency, scalability and
administratability. Multiple concurrent read/write connections to the
same mailbox are permitted. The server supports access control lists on
mailboxes and storage quotas on mailbox hierarchies.

The Cyrus IMAP server supports the IMAP4rev1 protocol described
in RFC 3501. IMAP4rev1 has been approved as a proposed standard.
It supports any authentication mechanism available from the SASL
library, imaps/pop3s/nntps (IMAP/POP3/NNTP encrypted using SSL and
TLSv1) can be used for security. The server supports single instance
store where possible when an email message is addressed to multiple
recipients, SIEVE provides server side email filtering.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dbus-1.0.0-6.el5 - dbus-1.1.2-12.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: D-BUS message bus
  • Description: 
    
D-BUS is a system for sending messages between applications. It is
used both for the systemwide message bus service, and as a
per-user-login-session messaging facility.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • doxygen
    • libxslt
    • xmlto
  • No removed dependencies
dbus-glib-0.70-5 - dbus-glib-0.73-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: GLib bindings for D-Bus
  • Description: 
    
D-Bus add-on library to integrate the standard D-Bus library with
the GLib thread abstraction and main loop.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
desktop-printing-0.19-20.el5 - desktop-printing-0.19-20.2.el5
  • Group: Applications/File
  • Summary: Desktop print icon
  • Description: 
    Desktop-printing contains eggcups, a program for user print job
notification and control.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
devhelp-0.12-11.el5 - devhelp-0.12-20.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: API document browser
  • Description: 
    An API document browser for GNOME 2.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel = 1.8.0.12
device-mapper-1.02.20-1.el5 - device-mapper-1.02.28-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: device mapper library
  • Description: 
    This package contains the supporting userspace files (libdevmapper and
dmsetup) for the device-mapper.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
device-mapper-multipath-0.4.7-12.el5 - device-mapper-multipath-0.4.7-23.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools to manage multipath devices using device-mapper.
  • Description: 
    device-mapper-multipath provides tools to manage multipath devices by instructing the
device-mapper multipath kernel module what to do.
The tools are :
* multipath :  Scan the system for multipath devices and assemble them.
* multipathd : Detects when paths fail and execs multipath to update things.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dhcdbd-2.2-1.el5 - dhcdbd-2.2-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: DHCP D-BUS daemon (dhcdbd) controls dhclient sessions with D-BUS, stores and presents DHCP options.
  • Description: 
    dhcdbd provides a D-BUS interface to the ISC dhclient software. The
daemon provides access to DHCP configuration operations and stores those
options persistently. Other D-BUS applications can receive notifications
of changes in the client's DHCP configuration.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dhcp-3.0.5-7.el5 - dhcp-3.0.5-18.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server and relay agent.
  • Description: 
    DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a protocol which allows
individual devices on an IP network to get their own network
configuration information (IP address, subnetmask, broadcast address,
etc.) from a DHCP server. The overall purpose of DHCP is to make it
easier to administer a large network. The dhcp package includes the
ISC DHCP service and relay agent.

To use DHCP on your network, install a DHCP service (or relay agent),
and on clients run a DHCP client daemon. The dhcp package provides
the ISC DHCP service and relay agent.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dhcpv6-0.10-33.el5 - dhcpv6-1.0.10-16.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: DHCPv6 - DHCP server and client for IPv6
  • Description: 
    Implements the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for Internet
Protocol version 6 (IPv6) networks in accordance with RFC 3315: Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6). Consists of dhcp6s(8), the server
DHCP daemon, and dhcp6r(8), the DHCPv6 relay agent.

Install this package if you want to support dynamic configuration of IPv6
addresses and parameters on your IPv6 network.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • kernel-headers
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • openssl-devel
diffstat-1.41-1.2.2 - diffstat-1.41-1.2.3.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: A utility which provides statistics based on the output of diff.
  • Description: 
    The diff command compares files line by line. Diffstat reads the
output of the diff command and displays a histogram of the insertions,
deletions and modifications in each file. Diffstat is commonly used
to provide a summary of the changes in large, complex patch files.

Install diffstat if you need a program which provides a summary of the
diff command's output. You'll need to also install diffutils.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.2 - diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Text
  • Summary: A GNU collection of diff utilities.
  • Description: 
    Diffutils includes four utilities: diff, cmp, diff3 and sdiff. Diff
compares two files and shows the differences, line by line. The cmp
command shows the offset and line numbers where two files differ, or
cmp can show the characters that differ between the two files. The
diff3 command shows the differences between three files. Diff3 can be
used when two people have made independent changes to a common
original; diff3 can produce a merged file that contains both sets of
changes and warnings about conflicts. The sdiff command can be used
to merge two files interactively.

Install diffutils if you need to compare text files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-4.el5 - dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-33.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: dmraid (Device-mapper RAID tool and library)
  • Description: 
    DMRAID supports RAID device discovery, RAID set activation and display of
properties for ATARAID on Linux >= 2.4 using device-mapper.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dnsmasq-2.39-2.el5 - dnsmasq-2.45-1.el5_2.1
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A lightweight DHCP/caching DNS server
  • Description: 
    Dnsmasq is lightweight, easy to configure DNS forwarder and DHCP server.
It is designed to provide DNS and, optionally, DHCP, to a small network.
It can serve the names of local machines which are not in the global
DNS. The DHCP server integrates with the DNS server and allows machines
with DHCP-allocated addresses to appear in the DNS with names configured
either in each host or in a central configuration file. Dnsmasq supports
static and dynamic DHCP leases and BOOTP for network booting of diskless
machines.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dosfstools-2.11-6.2.el5 - dosfstools-2.11-7.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Utilities for making and checking MS-DOS FAT filesystems on Linux.
  • Description: 
    The dosfstools package includes the mkdosfs and dosfsck utilities,
which respectively make and check MS-DOS FAT filesystems on hard
drives or on floppies.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dovecot-1.0-1.2.rc15.el5 - dovecot-1.0.7-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Dovecot Secure imap server
  • Description: 
    Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems, written with security
primarily in mind. It also contains a small POP3 server. It supports mail
in either of maildir or mbox formats.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
dvgrab-2.0-1.2.2 - dvgrab-3.0-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: Utility to capture video from a DV camera
  • Description: 
    The dvgrab utility will capture digital video from a DV source on the firewire
(IEEE-1394) bus.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
e2fsprogs-1.39-10.el5 - e2fsprogs-1.39-20.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Utilities for managing the second and third extended (ext2/ext3) filesystems
  • Description: 
    The e2fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in second
and third extended (ext2/ext3) filesystems. E2fsprogs contains
e2fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean
shutdown), mke2fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an
empty ext2 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal
structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted
filesystem, or to create test cases for e2fsck), tune2fs (used to
modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext2fs
filesystem utilities.

You should install the e2fsprogs package if you need to manage the
performance of an ext2 and/or ext3 filesystem.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
eclipse-3.2.1-18.el5 - eclipse-3.2.1-19.el5
  • Group: Text Editors/Integrated Development Environments (IDE)
  • Summary: An open, extensible IDE
  • Description: 
    The Eclipse Platform is designed for building integrated development
environments (IDEs) that can be used to create applications as diverse
as web sites, embedded Java(tm) programs, C++ programs, and Enterprise
JavaBeans(tm).
  • No added dependencies
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • firefox-devel
    • nspr-devel
ed-0.2-38.2.2 - ed-0.2-39.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/Text
  • Summary: The GNU line editor.
  • Description: 
    Ed is a line-oriented text editor, used to create, display, and modify
text files (both interactively and via shell scripts). For most
purposes, ed has been replaced in normal usage by full-screen editors
(emacs and vi, for example).

Ed was the original UNIX editor, and may be used by some programs. In
general, however, you probably don't need to install it and you probably
won't use it.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
edac-utils-0.9-5.el5 - edac-utils-0.9-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Userspace helper for kernel EDAC drivers
  • Description: 
    EDAC is the current set of drivers in the Linux kernel that handle
detection of ECC errors from memory controllers for most chipsets
on i386 and x86_64 architectures. This userspace component consists
of an init script which makes sure EDAC drivers and DIMM labels
are loaded at system startup, as well as a library and utility
for reporting current error counts from the EDAC sysfs files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
elfutils-0.125-3.el5 - elfutils-0.137-3.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: A collection of utilities and DSOs to handle compiled objects
  • Description: 
    Elfutils is a collection of utilities, including ld (a linker),
nm (for listing symbols from object files), size (for listing the
section sizes of an object or archive file), strip (for discarding
symbols), readelf (to see the raw ELF file structures), and elflint
(to check for well-formed ELF files).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
emacs-21.4-19.el5 - emacs-21.4-20.el5
  • Group: Applications/Editors
  • Summary: GNU Emacs text editor
  • Description: 
    Emacs is a powerful, customizable, self-documenting, modeless text
editor. Emacs contains special code editing features, a scripting
language (elisp), and the capability to read mail, news, and more
without leaving the editor.

This package provides an emacs binary with support for X windows.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
emacspeak-23.0-2.1 - emacspeak-23.0-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Editors
  • Summary: emacspeak -- The Complete Audio Desktop
  • Description: 
    Emacspeak is a speech interface that allows visually impaired users to
interact independently and efficiently with the computer. Emacspeak has
dramatically changed how the author and hundreds of blind and visually
impaired users around the world interact with the personal computer and
the Internet. A rich suite of task-oriented speech-enabled tools provides
efficient speech-enabled access to the evolving semantic WWW.
When combined with Linux running on low-cost PC hardware,
Emacspeak/Linux provides a reliable, stable speech-friendly solution that
opens up the Internet to visually impaired users around the world.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
enscript-1.6.4-4.1.el5 - enscript-1.6.4-4.1.1.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: A plain ASCII to PostScript converter.
  • Description: 
    GNU enscript is a free replacement for Adobe's Enscript
program. Enscript converts ASCII files to PostScript(TM) and spools
generated PostScript output to the specified printer or saves it to a
file. Enscript can be extended to handle different output media and
includes many options for customizing printouts.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
esc-1.0.0-32.el5 - esc-1.0.0-39.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Enterprise Security Client Smart Card Client
  • Description: 
    Enterprise Security Client allows the user to enroll and manage their
cryptographic smartcards.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • xulrunner
    • xulrunner-devel
  • No removed dependencies
ethtool-5-1.el5 - ethtool-6-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Ethernet settings tool for PCI ethernet cards
  • Description: 
    This utility allows querying and changing of ethernet
card settings, such as speed, port, autonegotiation,
and PCI locations.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
evolution-data-server-1.8.0-25.el5 - evolution-data-server-1.12.3-6.el5_2.3
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Backend data server for Evolution
  • Description: 
    The evolution-data-server package provides a unified backend for programs
that work with contacts, tasks, and calendar information.

It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now used
by other packages.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gtk-doc
    • intltool >= 0.35.0
    • openldap-evolution-devel
    • openssl-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • intltool
    • openldap-devel >= 2.0.11
file-4.17-9.0.1.el5 - file-4.17-15
  • Group: Applications/File
  • Summary: A utility for determining file types.
  • Description: 
    The file command is used to identify a particular file according to the
type of data contained by the file. File can identify many different
file types, including ELF binaries, system libraries, RPM packages, and
different graphics formats.

You should install the file package, since the file command is such a
useful utility.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
filesystem-2.4.0-1 - filesystem-2.4.0-2
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The basic directory layout for a Linux system.
  • Description: 
    The filesystem package is one of the basic packages that is installed
on a Red Hat Linux system. Filesystem contains the basic directory
layout for a Linux operating system, including the correct permissions
for the directories.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
findutils-4.2.27-4.1 - findutils-4.2.27-5.el5
  • Group: Applications/File
  • Summary: The GNU versions of find utilities (find and xargs).
  • Description: 
    The findutils package contains programs which will help you locate
files on your system. The find utility searches through a hierarchy
of directories looking for files which match a certain set of criteria
(such as a filename pattern). The xargs utility builds and executes
command lines from standard input arguments (usually lists of file
names generated by the find command).

You should install findutils because it includes tools that are very
useful for finding things on your system.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
firefox-1.5.0.12-3.el5 - firefox-3.0.5-1.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Mozilla Firefox Web browser
  • Description: 
    Mozilla Firefox is an open-source web browser, designed for standards
compliance, performance and portability.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • startup-notification-devel
    • xulrunner-devel >= 1.9.0.5-1
    • xulrunner-devel-unstable >= 1.9.0.5-1
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • cairo-devel >= 0.5
    • libjpeg-devel
    • libpng-devel
    • nspr-devel >= 4.6
    • nss-devel >= 3.11.1
    • zlib-devel
firstboot-1.4.27.3-1.el5 - firstboot-1.4.27.7-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Initial system configuration utility
  • Description: 
    The firstboot utility runs after installation. It guides the
user through a series of steps that allows for easier
configuration of the machine.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
flac-1.1.2-27 - flac-1.1.2-28.el5_0.1
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: An encoder/decoder for the Free Lossless Audio Codec.
  • Description: 
    FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec. Grossly oversimplified, FLAC
is similar to Ogg Vorbis, but lossless. The FLAC project consists of
the stream format, reference encoders and decoders in library form,
flac, a command-line program to encode and decode FLAC files, metaflac,
a command-line metadata editor for FLAC files and input plugins for
various music players.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
fontconfig-2.4.1-6.el5 - fontconfig-2.4.1-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Font configuration and customization library
  • Description: 
    Fontconfig is designed to locate fonts within the
system and select them according to requirements specified by
applications.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
fonts-indic-2.0.13-1.el5 - fonts-indic-2.3.1-1.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: Free Indian truetype/opentype fonts
  • Description: 
    This package provides the Hindi, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi, Tamil, Kannada, Malayalam, Oriya, Telugu TrueType/Opentype fonts.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
freeradius-1.1.3-1.2.el5 - freeradius-1.1.3-1.4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: High-performance and highly configurable free RADIUS server.
  • Description: 
    The FreeRADIUS Server Project is a high performance and highly configurable
GPL'd free RADIUS server. The server is similar in some respects to
Livingston's 2.0 server. While FreeRADIUS started as a variant of the
Cistron RADIUS server, they don't share a lot in common any more. It now has
many more features than Cistron or Livingston, and is much more configurable.

FreeRADIUS is an Internet authentication daemon, which implements the RADIUS
protocol, as defined in RFC 2865 (and others). It allows Network Access
Servers (NAS boxes) to perform authentication for dial-up users. There are
also RADIUS clients available for Web servers, firewalls, Unix logins, and
more. Using RADIUS allows authentication and authorization for a network to
be centralized, and minimizes the amount of re-configuration which has to be
done when adding or deleting new users.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
freetype-2.2.1-19.el5 - freetype-2.2.1-20.el5_2
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A free and portable font rendering engine
  • Description: 
    The FreeType engine is a free and portable font rendering
engine, developed to provide advanced font support for a variety of
platforms and environments. FreeType is a library which can open and
manages font files as well as efficiently load, hint and render
individual glyphs. FreeType is not a font server or a complete
text-rendering library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ftp-0.17-33.fc6 - ftp-0.17-35.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: The standard UNIX FTP (File Transfer Protocol) client.
  • Description: 
    The ftp package provides the standard UNIX command-line FTP (File
Transfer Protocol) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for
transferring files over the Internet and for archiving files.

If your system is on a network, you should install ftp in order to do
file transfers.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gcc-4.1.2-14.el5 - gcc-4.1.2-44.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Various compilers (C, C++, Objective-C, Java, ...)
  • Description: 
    The gcc package contains the GNU Compiler Collection version 4.1.
You'll need this package in order to compile C code.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • xulrunner-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • firefox-devel
gd-2.0.33-9.3.fc6 - gd-2.0.33-9.4.el5_1.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A graphics library for quick creation of PNG or JPEG images
  • Description: 
    The gd graphics library allows your code to quickly draw images
complete with lines, arcs, text, multiple colors, cut and paste from
other images, and flood fills, and to write out the result as a PNG or
JPEG file. This is particularly useful in Web applications, where PNG
and JPEG are two of the formats accepted for inline images by most
browsers. Note that gd is not a paint program.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gdb-6.5-25.el5 - gdb-6.8-27.el5
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: A GNU source-level debugger for C, C++, Java and other languages
  • Description: 
    GDB, the GNU debugger, allows you to debug programs written in C, C++,
Java, and other languages, by executing them in a controlled fashion
and printing their data.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • expat-devel
    • readline-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • /lib/libc.so.6
    • /lib64/libc.so.6
    • /usr/lib/libc.so
    • /usr/lib64/libc.so
gdm-2.16.0-31.0.1.el5 - gdm-2.16.0-46.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: The GNOME Display Manager.
  • Description: 
    Gdm (the GNOME Display Manager) is a highly configurable
reimplementation of xdm, the X Display Manager. Gdm allows you to log
into your system with the X Window System running and supports running
several different X sessions on your local machine at the same time.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gedit-2.16.0-5.el5 - gedit-2.16.0-9.el5
  • Group: Applications/Editors
  • Summary: gEdit is a small but powerful text editor for GNOME
  • Description: 
    gEdit is a small but powerful text editor designed specifically for
the GNOME GUI desktop. gEdit includes a plug-in API (which supports
extensibility while keeping the core binary small), support for
editing multiple documents using notebook tabs, and standard text
editor functions.

You'll need to have GNOME and GTK+ installed to use gEdit.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gfs-kmod-0.1.19-7.el5 - gfs-kmod-0.1.31-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: gfs kernel modules
  • Description: 
    gfs - The Global File System is a symmetric, shared-disk, cluster file
system.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5
    • kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-53.el5
    • kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-53.el5
gfs-utils-0.1.12-1.el5 - gfs-utils-0.1.18-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: Utilities for managing the global filesystem (GFS)
  • Description: 
    The gfs-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS
filesystems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gfs2-utils-0.1.38-1.el5 - gfs2-utils-0.1.53-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: Utilities for managing the global filesystem (GFS)
  • Description: 
    The gfs2-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS
filesystems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ghostscript-8.15.2-9.1.el5 - ghostscript-8.15.2-9.4.el5
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: A PostScript(TM) interpreter and renderer.
  • Description: 
    Ghostscript is a set of software that provides a PostScript(TM)
interpreter, a set of C procedures (the Ghostscript library, which
implements the graphics capabilities in the PostScript language) and
an interpreter for Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Ghostscript
translates PostScript code into many common, bitmapped formats, like
those understood by your printer or screen. Ghostscript is normally
used to display PostScript files and to print PostScript files to
non-PostScript printers.

If you need to display PostScript files or print them to
non-PostScript printers, you should install ghostscript. If you
install ghostscript, you also need to install the ghostscript-fonts
package.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gimp-print-4.2.7-22 - gimp-print-4.2.7-22.2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A collection of high-quality printer drivers.
  • Description: 
    These drivers provide printing quality for UNIX/Linux in many cases equal
to or better than proprietary vendor-supplied drivers, and can be used for
many of the most demanding printing tasks.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
glibc-2.5-18 - glibc-2.5-34
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The GNU libc libraries.
  • Description: 
    The glibc package contains standard libraries which are used by
multiple programs on the system. In order to save disk space and
memory, as well as to make upgrading easier, common system code is
kept in one place and shared between programs. This particular package
contains the most important sets of shared libraries: the standard C
library and the standard math library. Without these two libraries, a
Linux system will not function.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnbd-1.1.5-1.el5 - gnbd-1.1.7-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: GFS's Network Block Device
  • Description: 
    gnbd - GFS's Network Block Device
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnbd-kmod-0.1.4-12.el5 - gnbd-kmod-0.1.5-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: gnbd kernel modules
  • Description: 
    gnbd - The Global Network Block Device
  • Added Dependencies:
    • kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-98.el5
    • kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-98.el5
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-53.el5
    • kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-53.el5
gnome-panel-2.16.1-6.el5 - gnome-panel-2.16.1-7.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: GNOME panel
  • Description: 
    The GNOME panel provides the window list, workspace switcher, menus, and other
features for the GNOME desktop.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-8.el5 - gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-10.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: GNOME Power Manager
  • Description: 
    GNOME Power Manager uses the information and facilities provided by HAL
displaying icons and handling user callbacks in an interactive GNOME session.
GNOME Power Preferences allows authorised users to set policy and
change preferences.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-1.fc6 - gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: The sources for additional PyGNOME Python extension modules for the GNOME desktop
  • Description: 
    The gnome-python-desktop package contains the source packages for additional
Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-python2-extras-2.14.2-4.fc6 - gnome-python2-extras-2.14.2-6.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: The sources for additional. PyGNOME Python extension modules.
  • Description: 
    The gnome-python-extra package contains the source packages for additional
Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • firefox-devel >= 1.5.0.5
gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-5.el5 - gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-8.el5
  • Group: Amusements/Graphics
  • Summary: GNOME Screensaver
  • Description: 
    gnome-screensaver is a screen saver and locker that aims to have
simple, sane, secure defaults and be well integrated with the desktop.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libXxf86misc-devel
    • libXxf86vm-devel
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-terminal-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-terminal-2.16.0-5.3.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: GNOME Terminal
  • Description: 
    
GNOME terminal emulator application.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-utils-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-utils-2.16.0-5.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: GNOME utility programs
  • Description: 
    GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of
GUI applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a
window manager for the X Window System. The gnome-utils package
includes a set of small "desk accessory" utility applications for GNOME.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-4.el5 - gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-5.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The GNOME Volume Manager
  • Description: 
    The GNOME Volume Manager monitors volume-related events and responds with
user-specified policy. The GNOME Volume Manager can automount hot-plugged
drives, automount inserted removable media, autorun programs, automatically
play audio CDs and video DVDs, and automatically import photos from a digital
camera. The GNOME Volume Manager does this entirely in user-space and without
polling.

The GNOME Voume Manager sits at the top end of a larger picture that aims to
integrate the Linux system from the kernel on up through the desktop and its
applications.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnupg-1.4.5-13 - gnupg-1.4.5-14
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A GNU utility for secure communication and data storage.
  • Description: 
    GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a GNU utility for encrypting data and
creating digital signatures. GnuPG has advanced key management
capabilities and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet
standard described in RFC2440. Since GnuPG doesn't use any patented
algorithm, it is not compatible with any version of PGP2 (PGP2.x uses
only IDEA for symmetric-key encryption, which is patented worldwide).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gnuplot-4.0.0-12 - gnuplot-4.0.0-14.el5
  • Group: Applications/Engineering
  • Summary: A program for plotting mathematical expressions and data.
  • Description: 
    Gnuplot is a command-line driven, interactive function plotting
program especially suited for scientific data representation. Gnuplot
can be used to plot functions and data points in both two and three
dimensions and in many different formats.

Install gnuplot if you need a graphics package for scientific data
representation.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gd-devel
  • No removed dependencies
gnutls-1.4.1-2 - gnutls-1.4.1-3.el5_2.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A TLS protocol implementation.
  • Description: 
    GnuTLS is a project that aims to develop a library which provides a secure
layer, over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library implements
the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
grub-0.97-13 - grub-0.97-13.2
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: GRUB - the Grand Unified Boot Loader.
  • Description: 
    GRUB (Grand Unified Boot Loader) is an experimental boot loader
capable of booting into most free operating systems - Linux, FreeBSD,
NetBSD, GNU Mach, and others as well as most commercial operating
systems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gstreamer-0.10.9-3.el5 - gstreamer-0.10.20-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: GStreamer streaming media framework runtime
  • Description: 
    GStreamer is a streaming media framework, based on graphs of filters which
operate on media data. Applications using this library can do anything
from real-time sound processing to playing videos, and just about anything
else media-related. Its plugin-based architecture means that new data
types or processing capabilities can be added simply by installing new
plugins.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • PyXML
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • docbook-style-dsssl
    • docbook-style-xsl
    • docbook-utils
    • gettext-devel
    • ghostscript
    • jadetex
    • libtool
    • libxslt
    • netpbm-progs
    • openjade
    • python2
    • tetex-dvips
    • transfig
    • xfig
  • No removed dependencies
gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.9-6.el5 - gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.20-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: GStreamer streaming media framework base plug-ins
  • Description: 
    GStreamer is a streaming media framework, based on graphs of filters which
operate on media data. Applications using this library can do anything
from real-time sound processing to playing videos, and just about anything
else media-related. Its plugin-based architecture means that new data
types or processing capabilities can be added simply by installing new
plug-ins.

This package contains a set of well-maintained base plug-ins.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • gnome-vfs2-devel
    • gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.20
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • gnome-vfs2-devel > 1.9.4.00
    • gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.6
    • liboil-devel >= 0.3.2
gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.4-4.el5 - gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.9-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: GStreamer plug-ins with good code and licensing
  • Description: 
    GStreamer is a streaming media framework, based on graphs of filters which
operate on media data. Applications using this library can do anything
from real-time sound processing to playing videos, and just about anything
else media-related. Its plugin-based architecture means that new data
types or processing capabilities can be added simply by installing new
plug-ins.

GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a collection of well-supported plug-ins of
good quality and under the LGPL license.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gthumb-2.7.8-5.el5 - gthumb-2.7.8-8.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: Image viewer, editor, organizer
  • Description: 
    gthumb is an application for viewing, editing, and organizing
collections of images.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gtk2-2.10.4-19.el5 - gtk2-2.10.4-20.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The GIMP ToolKit (GTK+), a library for creating GUIs for X
  • Description: 
    GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user
interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for
projects ranging from small one-off tools to complete application
suites.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
gtkhtml3-3.12.0-1.fc6 - gtkhtml3-3.16.3-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: gtkhtml library
  • Description: 
    GtkHTML is a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine. It
was originally based on KHTMLW, but is now being developed
independently of it.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • intltool >= 0.35.0
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • intltool
    • libgnomeprint22-devel >= 2.7.1
    • libgnomeprintui22-devel >= 2.7.1
gzip-1.3.5-9.el5 - gzip-1.3.5-10.el5
  • Group: Applications/File
  • Summary: The GNU data compression program.
  • Description: 
    The gzip package contains the popular GNU gzip data compression
program. Gzipped files have a .gz extension.

Gzip should be installed on your Red Hat Linux system, because it is a
very commonly used data compression program.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
hal-0.5.8.1-25.el5 - hal-0.5.8.1-38.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Hardware Abstraction Layer
  • Description: 
    
HAL is daemon for collection and maintaining information from several
sources about the hardware on the system. It provides a live device
list through D-BUS.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gperf >= 3.0.1
  • No removed dependencies
hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5 - hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5.2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Halified CUPS utilities
  • Description: 
    Halified utilities for CUPS:
- hal_lpadmin
- hal CUPS backend
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
hplip-1.6.7-4.1.el5 - hplip-1.6.7-4.1.el5_2.4
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: HP Linux Imaging and Printing Project
  • Description: 
    The Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing Project provides
drivers for HP printers and multi-function peripherals.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • openssl-devel
  • No removed dependencies
htdig-3.2.0b6-9.el5 - htdig-3.2.0b6-9.0.1.el5_1
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: ht://Dig - Web search engine
  • Description: 
    The ht://Dig system is a complete world wide web indexing and searching
system for a small domain or intranet. This system is not meant to replace
the need for powerful internet-wide search systems like Lycos, Infoseek,
Webcrawler and AltaVista. Instead it is meant to cover the search needs for
a single company, campus, or even a particular sub section of a web site. As
opposed to some WAIS-based or web-server based search engines, ht://Dig can
span several web servers at a site. The type of these different web servers
doesn't matter as long as they understand the HTTP 1.0 protocol.
ht://Dig is also used by KDE to search KDE's HTML documentation.

ht://Dig was developed at San Diego State University as a way to search the
various web servers on the campus network.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
htmlview-4.0.0-1.el5 - htmlview-4.0.0-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Launcher of Preferred Web Browser
  • Description: 
    htmlview and launchmail are tools for launching Preferred Applications.
This package exists for compatibility reasons and is likely to be removed
later when equivalent functionality is implemented elsewhere.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
httpd-2.2.3-11.el5 - httpd-2.2.3-22.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Apache HTTP Server
  • Description: 
    The Apache HTTP Server is a powerful, efficient, and extensible
web server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
hwbrowser-0.30-1.el5 - hwbrowser-0.30-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A hardware browser.
  • Description: 
    A browser for your current hardware configuration.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
hwdata-0.211-1 - hwdata-0.213.11-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Hardware identification and configuration data
  • Description: 
    hwdata contains various hardware identification and configuration data,
such as the pci.ids database and MonitorsDb databases.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ibutils-1.2-2.el5 - ibutils-1.2-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: OpenIB Mellanox InfiniBand Diagnostic Tools
  • Description: 
    ibutils provides IB network and path diagnostics.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • libibumad-devel
    • libtool
    • opensm-devel >= 3.2.0
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • opensm-devel >= 3.0.3
icu-3.6-5.11 - icu-3.6-5.11.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: International Components for Unicode
  • Description: 
    The International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries provide
robust and full-featured Unicode services on a wide variety of
platforms. ICU supports the most current version of the Unicode
standard, and they provide support for supplementary Unicode
characters (needed for GB 18030 repertoire support).
As computing environments become more heterogeneous, software
portability becomes more important. ICU lets you produce the same
results across all the various platforms you support, without
sacrificing performance. It offers great flexibility to extend and
customize the supplied services.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
initscripts-8.45.17.EL-1 - initscripts-8.45.25-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The inittab file and the /etc/init.d scripts.
  • Description: 
    The initscripts package contains the basic system scripts used to boot
your Red Hat system, change runlevels, and shut the system down
cleanly. Initscripts also contains the scripts that activate and
deactivate most network interfaces.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
inn-2.4.3-6.fc6 - inn-2.4.3-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The InterNetNews (INN) system, an Usenet news server.
  • Description: 
    INN (InterNetNews) is a complete system for serving Usenet news and/or
private newsfeeds. INN includes innd, an NNTP (NetNews Transport
Protocol) server, and nnrpd, a newsreader that is spawned for each
client. Both innd and nnrpd vary slightly from the NNTP protocol, but
not in ways that are easily noticed.

Install the inn package if you need a complete system for serving and
reading Usenet news. You may also need to install inn-devel, if you
are going to use a separate program which interfaces to INN, like
newsgate or tin.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
iproute-2.6.18-4.el5 - iproute-2.6.18-9.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Advanced IP routing and network device configuration tools.
  • Description: 
    The iproute package contains networking utilities (ip and rtmon, for
example) which are designed to use the advanced networking
capabilities of the Linux 2.4.x and 2.6.x kernel.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
iprutils-2.2.6-1.el5 - iprutils-2.2.8-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Utilities for the IBM Power Linux RAID adapters
  • Description: 
    Provides a suite of utilities to manage and configure SCSI devices
supported by the ipr SCSI storage device driver.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ipsec-tools-0.6.5-8.el5 - ipsec-tools-0.6.5-13.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools for configuring and using IPSEC
  • Description: 
    This is the IPsec-Tools package. You need this package in order to
really use the IPsec functionality in the linux-2.5+ kernels. This
package builds:

- setkey, a program to directly manipulate policies and SAs
- racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon
  • Added Dependencies:
    • kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-92
  • No removed dependencies
iptables-1.3.5-1.2.1 - iptables-1.3.5-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools for managing Linux kernel packet filtering capabilities.
  • Description: 
    The iptables utility controls the network packet filtering code in the
Linux kernel. If you need to set up firewalls and/or IP masquerading,
you should install this package.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
iputils-20020927-43.el5 - iputils-20020927-45.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Network monitoring tools including ping.
  • Description: 
    The iputils package contains basic utilities for monitoring a network,
including ping. The ping command sends a series of ICMP protocol
ECHO_REQUEST packets to a specified network host to discover whether
the target machine is alive and receiving network traffic.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
irqbalance-0.55-6.el5 - irqbalance-0.55-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: IRQ balancing daemon.
  • Description: 
    irqbalance is a daemon that evenly distributes IRQ load across
multiple CPUs for enhanced performance.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.865-0.8.el5 - iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.18.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: iSCSI daemon and utility programs
  • Description: 
    The iscsi package provides the server daemon for the iSCSI protocol,
as well as the utility programs used to manage it. iSCSI is a protocol
for distributed disk access using SCSI commands sent over Internet
Protocol networks.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • bison
    • flex
  • No removed dependencies
isdn4k-utils-3.2-50.1 - isdn4k-utils-3.2-51.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Utilities for configuring an ISDN subsystem.
  • Description: 
    The isdn4k-utils package contains a collection of utilities needed for
configuring an ISDN subsystem.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
jakarta-commons-collections-3.1-6jpp.1 - jakarta-commons-collections-3.2-2jpp.3
  • Group: Development/Libraries/Java
  • Summary: Jakarta Commons Collections Package
  • Description: 
    The introduction of the Collections API by Sun in JDK 1.2 has been a
boon to quick and effective Java programming. Ready access to powerful
data structures has accelerated development by reducing the need for
custom container classes around each core object. Most Java2 APIs are
significantly easier to use because of the Collections API.
However, there are certain holes left unfilled by Sun's
implementations, and the Jakarta-Commons Collections Component strives
to fulfill them. Among the features of this package are:
- special-purpose implementations of Lists and Maps for fast access
- adapter classes from Java1-style containers (arrays, enumerations) to
Java2-style collections.
- methods to test or create typical set-theory properties of collections
such as union, intersection, and closure.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • xml-commons-apis >= 1.3
  • No removed dependencies
java-1.4.2-gcj-compat-1.4.2.0-40jpp.112 - java-1.4.2-gcj-compat-1.4.2.0-40jpp.115
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: JPackage runtime scripts for GCJ
  • Description: 
    This package installs directory structures, shell scripts and symbolic
links to simulate a JPackage-compatible runtime environment with GCJ.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kbd-1.12-19.el5 - kbd-1.12-21.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools for configuring the console (keyboard, virtual terminals, etc.)
  • Description: 
    The kbd package contains tools for managing a Linux
system's console's behavior, including the keyboard, the screen
fonts, the virtual terminals and font files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kdeadmin-3.5.4-2.fc6 - kdeadmin-3.5.4-3.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: Administrative tools for KDE.
  • Description: 
    The kdeadmin package includes administrative tools for the K Desktop
Environment (KDE) including:

kcron - Crontab editor
kdat - Tape backup tool
kuser - Frontend for configuring users and user groups
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kdebase-3.5.4-13.6.el5 - kdebase-3.5.4-19.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: K Desktop Environment - core files
  • Description: 
    Core applications for the K Desktop Environment. Included are: kdm
(replacement for xdm), kwin (window manager), konqueror (filemanager,
web browser, ftp client, ...), konsole (xterm replacement), kpanel
(application starter and desktop pager), kaudio (audio server),
kdehelp (viewer for kde help files, info and man pages), kthememgr
(system for managing alternate theme packages) plus other KDE
components (kcheckpass, kikbd, kscreensaver, kcontrol, kfind,
kfontmanager, kmenuedit).
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libutempter-devel
  • No removed dependencies
kdebindings-3.5.4-1.fc6 - kdebindings-3.5.4-6.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: KDE bindings to non-C++ languages
  • Description: 
    KDE/DCOP bindings to non-C++ languages
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libutempter-devel
    • perl >= 5.8.8
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • perl >= 5.8
kdelibs-3.5.4-13.el5 - kdelibs-3.5.4-18.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: K Desktop Environment - Libraries
  • Description: 
    Libraries for the K Desktop Environment:
KDE Libraries included: kdecore (KDE core library), kdeui (user interface),
kfm (file manager), khtmlw (HTML widget), kio (Input/Output, networking),
kspell (spelling checker), jscript (javascript), kab (addressbook),
kimgio (image manipulation).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kdenetwork-3.5.4-4.fc6 - kdenetwork-3.5.4-8.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: K Desktop Environment - Network Applications
  • Description: 
    Networking applications for the K Desktop Environment.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libutempter-devel
  • No removed dependencies
kernel-2.6.18-53.el5 - kernel-2.6.18-128.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: The Linux kernel (the core of the Linux operating system)
  • Description: 
    The kernel package contains the Linux kernel (vmlinuz), the core of any
Linux operating system. The kernel handles the basic functions
of the operating system: memory allocation, process allocation, device
input and output, etc.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kexec-tools-1.101-194.4.el5 - kexec-tools-1.102pre-56.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The kexec/kdump userspace component.
  • Description: 
    kexec-tools provides /sbin/kexec binary that facilitates a new
kernel to boot using the kernel's kexec feature either on a
normal or a panic reboot. This package contains the /sbin/kexec
binary and ancillary utilities that together form the userspace
component of the kernel's kexec feature.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
krb5-1.6.1-17.el5 - krb5-1.6.1-31.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The Kerberos network authentication system.
  • Description: 
    Kerberos V5 is a trusted-third-party network authentication system,
which can improve your network's security by eliminating the insecure
practice of cleartext passwords.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ksh-20060214-1.4 - ksh-20080202-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/Shells
  • Summary: The Original ATT Korn Shell
  • Description: 
    KSH-93 is the most recent version of the KornShell by David Korn of
AT&T Bell Laboratories.
KornShell is a shell programming language, which is upward compatible
with "sh" (the Bourne Shell).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
kudzu-1.2.57.1.15-1 - kudzu-1.2.57.1.21-1
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The Red Hat Linux hardware probing tool.
  • Description: 
    Kudzu is a hardware probing tool run at system boot time to determine
what hardware has been added or removed from the system.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
lam-7.1.2-8.fc6 - lam-7.1.2-14.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: The LAM (Local Area Multicomputer) programming environment.
  • Description: 
    LAM (Local Area Multicomputer) is an Message-Passing Interface (MPI)
programming environment and development system for heterogeneous
computers on a network. With LAM/MPI, a dedicated cluster or an
existing network computing infrastructure can act as one parallel
computer to solve one problem. LAM/MPI is considered to be "cluster
friendly" because it offers daemon-based process startup/control as
well as fast client-to-client message passing protocols. LAM/MPI can
use TCP/IP and/or shared memory for message passing (different RPMs
are supplied for this -- see the main LAM website at
http://www.mpi.nd.edu/lam/ for details).<

LAM features a full implementation of MPI version 1 (with the
exception that LAM does not support cancelling of sends), and much of
version 2. Compliant applications are source code portable between LAM
and any other implementation of MPI. In addition to meeting the
standard, LAM/MPI offers extensive monitoring capabilities to support
debugging. Monitoring happens on two levels: On one level, LAM/MPI has
the hooks to allow a snapshot of a process and message status to be
taken at any time during an application run. The status includes all
aspects of synchronization plus datatype map/signature, communicator
group membership and message contents (see the XMPI application on the
main LAM website). On the second level, the MPI library can produce a
cumulative record of communication, which can be visualized either at
runtime or post-mortem.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libX11-1.0.3-8.0.1.el5 - libX11-1.0.3-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: X.Org X11 libX11 runtime library
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 libX11 runtime library
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.2.el5 - libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.3.el5_1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: X.Org X11 libXfont runtime library
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 libXfont runtime library
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libao-0.8.6-5 - libao-0.8.6-7
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Cross Platform Audio Output Library.
  • Description: 
    Libao is a cross platform audio output library. It currently supports
ESD, OSS, Solaris, and IRIX.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libchewing-0.3.0-7.el5 - libchewing-0.3.0-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Intelligent phonetic input method library for Traditional Chinese
  • Description: 
    libchewing is an intelligent phonetic input method library for Chinese.

It provides the core algorithm and logic that can be used by various
input methods. The Chewing input method is a smart bopomofo phonetics
input method that is useful for inputting Mandarin Chinese.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libdhcp-1.20-2.el5 - libdhcp-1.20-6.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A library for network interface configuration with DHCP
  • Description: 
    libdhcp enables programs to invoke and control the Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) clients: the Internet Software Consortium (ISC) IPv4 DHCP
client library, libdhcp4client, and the IPv6 DHCPv6 client library,
libdhcp6client, and provides Network Interface Configuration (NIC) services
for network parameter autoconfiguration with DHCP.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • dhcp-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13
    • libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13
    • libdhcp6client-devel >= 1.0.9-1
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • dhcp-devel
    • libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.4-17
    • libdhcp6client-devel
liberation-fonts-0.2-2.el5 - liberation-fonts-1.0-1.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: Fonts to replace commonly used Microsoft Windows Fonts
  • Description: 
    The Liberation Fonts are intended to be replacements for the three
most commonly used fonts on Microsoft systems: Times New Roman,
Arial, and Courier New.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libexif-0.6.13-4.0.2.el5 - libexif-0.6.13-4.0.2.el5_1.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library for extracting extra information from image files
  • Description: 
    Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with
extra tags that contain information about the image. The EXIF library
allows you to parse an EXIF file and read the data from those tags.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libgcrypt-1.2.3-1 - libgcrypt-1.2.4-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A general-purpose cryptography library.
  • Description: 
    Libgcrypt is a general purpose crypto library based on the code used
in GNU Privacy Guard. This is a development version.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-9.el5 - libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Printing library for GNOME.
  • Description: 
    GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of
applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a window
manager for the X Window System. The gnome-print package contains
libraries and fonts needed by GNOME applications for printing.

You should install the gnome-print package if you intend to use any of
the GNOME applications that can print. If you would like to develop
GNOME applications that can print you will also need to install the
gnome-print devel package.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libhugetlbfs-1.0.1-1.el5 - libhugetlbfs-1.3-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library to access the Huge TLB Filesystem
  • Description: 
    The libhugetlbfs library interacts with the Linux hugetlbfs to make large pages
available to applications in a transparent manner.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libica-1.3.7-5.el5 - libica-1.3.7-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on IBM zSeries
  • Description: 
    A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on IBM zSeries
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libtool
  • No removed dependencies
libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.4 - libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Convenience library for kernel netlink sockets
  • Description: 
    This package contains a convenience library to simplify
using the Linux kernel's netlink sockets interface for
network manipulation
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libpng-1.2.10-7.0.2 - libpng-1.2.10-7.1.el5_0.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A library of functions for manipulating PNG image format files
  • Description: 
    The libpng package contains a library of functions for creating and
manipulating PNG (Portable Network Graphics) image format files. PNG
is a bit-mapped graphics format similar to the GIF format. PNG was
created to replace the GIF format, since GIF uses a patented data
compression algorithm.

Libpng should be installed if you need to manipulate PNG format image
files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libraw1394-1.2.1-1.fc6 - libraw1394-1.3.0-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing low-level IEEE-1394 access
  • Description: 
    The libraw1394 library provides direct access to the IEEE-1394 bus through
the Linux 1394 subsystem's raw1394 user space interface.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libtool
  • No removed dependencies
librtas-1.2.4-3.el5 - librtas-1.3.3-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Libraries to provide access to RTAS calls and RTAS events
  • Description: 
    The librtas shared library provides userspace with an interface
through which certain RTAS calls can be made. The library uses
either of the RTAS User Module or the RTAS system call to direct
the kernel in making these calls.

The librtasevent shared library provides users with a set of
definitions and common routines useful in parsing and dumping
the contents of RTAS events.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libselinux-1.33.4-4.el5 - libselinux-1.33.4-5.1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: SELinux library and simple utilities
  • Description: 
    Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number
of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add
mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux
kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to
improve the security of the Flask operating system. These
architectural components provide general support for the enforcement
of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those
based on the concepts of Type Enforcement®, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.

libselinux provides an API for SELinux applications to get and set
process and file security contexts and to obtain security policy
decisions. Required for any applications that use the SELinux API.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5 - libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5_2.2
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Library of functions for manipulating TIFF format image files
  • Description: 
    The libtiff package contains a library of functions for manipulating
TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) image format files. TIFF is a widely
used file format for bitmapped images. TIFF files usually end in the
.tif extension and they are often quite large.

The libtiff package should be installed if you need to manipulate TIFF
format image files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libuser-0.54.7-2.el5.2 - libuser-0.54.7-2.el5.5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A user and group account administration library.
  • Description: 
    The libuser library implements a standardized interface for manipulating
and administering user and group accounts. The library uses pluggable
back-ends to interface to its data sources.

Sample applications modeled after those included with the shadow password
suite are included.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libutempter-1.1.4-3.fc6 - libutempter-1.1.4-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A privileged helper for utmp/wtmp updates
  • Description: 
    This library provides interface for terminal emulators such as
screen and xterm to record user sessions to utmp and wtmp files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libvirt-0.2.3-9.el5 - libvirt-0.3.3-14.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing a simple API virtualization
  • Description: 
    Libvirt is a C toolkit to interract with the virtualization capabilities
of recent versions of Linux (and other OSes).
  • Added Dependencies:
    • avahi-devel
    • bridge-utils
    • dnsmasq
    • gnutls-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • /sbin/iptables
    • libsysfs-devel
libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5.0 - libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5_1.2
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The Vorbis General Audio Compression Codec.
  • Description: 
    Ogg Vorbis is a fully open, non-proprietary, patent-and royalty-free,
general-purpose compressed audio format for audio and music at fixed
and variable bitrates from 16 to 128 kbps/channel.

The libvorbis package contains runtime libraries for use in programs
that support Ogg Voribs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2 - libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2.7
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing XML and HTML support
  • Description: 
    This library allows to manipulate XML files. It includes support
to read, modify and write XML and HTML files. There is DTDs support
this includes parsing and validation even with complex DtDs, either
at parse time or later once the document has been modified. The output
can be a simple SAX stream or and in-memory DOM like representations.
In this case one can use the built-in XPath and XPointer implementation
to select subnodes or ranges. A flexible Input/Output mechanism is
available, with existing HTTP and FTP modules and combined to an
URI library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
libxslt-1.1.17-2 - libxslt-1.1.17-2.el5_2.2
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Library providing the Gnome XSLT engine
  • Description: 
    This C library allows to transform XML files into other XML files
(or HTML, text, ...) using the standard XSLT stylesheet transformation
mechanism. To use it you need to have a version of libxml2 >= 2.6.25
installed. The xsltproc command is a command line interface to the XSLT engine
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
linuxwacom-0.7.4.3-2.el5 - linuxwacom-0.7.8.3-5.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Wacom Drivers from Linux Wacom Project
  • Description: 
    The Linux Wacom Project manages the drivers, libraries, and
documentation for configuring and running Wacom tablets under the
Linux operating system. It contains diagnostic applications as well as
X.org XInput drivers.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • desktop-file-utils
    • tcl-devel
    • tk-devel
  • No removed dependencies
lm_sensors-2.10.0-3.1 - lm_sensors-2.10.7-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Hardware monitoring tools.
  • Description: 
    The lm_sensors package includes a collection of modules for general SMBus
access and hardware monitoring. NOTE: this requires special support which
is not in standard 2.2-vintage kernels.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
logrotate-3.7.4-7 - logrotate-3.7.4-9
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Rotates, compresses, removes and mails system log files.
  • Description: 
    The logrotate utility is designed to simplify the administration of
log files on a system which generates a lot of log files. Logrotate
allows for the automatic rotation compression, removal and mailing of
log files. Logrotate can be set to handle a log file daily, weekly,
monthly or when the log file gets to a certain size. Normally,
logrotate runs as a daily cron job.

Install the logrotate package if you need a utility to deal with the
log files on your system.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
logwatch-7.3-5 - logwatch-7.3-6.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A log file analysis program
  • Description: 
    Logwatch is a customizable, pluggable log-monitoring system. It will go
through your logs for a given period of time and make a report in the areas
that you wish with the detail that you wish. Easy to use - works right out
of the package on many systems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ltrace-0.5-6.45svn.fc6 - ltrace-0.5-7.45svn.el5
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: Tracks runtime library calls from dynamically linked executables.
  • Description: 
    Ltrace is a debugging program which runs a specified command until the
command exits. While the command is executing, ltrace intercepts and
records both the dynamic library calls called by the executed process
and the signals received by the executed process. Ltrace can also
intercept and print system calls executed by the process.

You should install ltrace if you need a sysadmin tool for tracking the
execution of processes.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
lvm2-2.02.26-3.el5 - lvm2-2.02.40-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Userland logical volume management tools
  • Description: 
    LVM2 includes all of the support for handling read/write operations on
physical volumes (hard disks, RAID-Systems, magneto optical, etc.,
multiple devices (MD), see mdadd(8) or even loop devices, see
losetup(8)), creating volume groups (kind of virtual disks) from one
or more physical volumes and creating one or more logical volumes
(kind of logical partitions) in volume groups.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • device-mapper >= 1.02.28-2
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • device-mapper >= 1.02.20-1
lvm2-cluster-2.02.26-1.el5 - lvm2-cluster-2.02.40-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Cluster extensions for userland logical volume management tools
  • Description: 
    Extensions to LVM2 to support clusters.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • device-mapper >= 1.02.28-2
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • device-mapper >= 1.02.20-1
lynx-2.8.5-28.1 - lynx-2.8.5-28.1.el5_2.1
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: A text-based Web browser.
  • Description: 
    Lynx is a text-based Web browser. Lynx does not display any images,
but it does support frames, tables, and most other HTML tags. One
advantage Lynx has over graphical browsers is speed; Lynx starts and
exits quickly and swiftly displays webpages.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
m17n-db-1.3.3-46.el5 - m17n-db-1.3.3-48.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Multilingualization datafiles for m17n-lib
  • Description: 
    This package contains multilingualization (m17n) datafiles for m17n-lib
which describe input maps, encoding maps, and OpenType font data
for many languages.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.1 - m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.3
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Support for using OpenSSL in python scripts
  • Description: 
    This package allows you to call OpenSSL functions from python scripts.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mailman-2.1.9-2 - mailman-2.1.9-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Mailing list manager with built in Web access.
  • Description: 
    Mailman is software to help manage email discussion lists, much like
Majordomo and Smartmail. Unlike most similar products, Mailman gives
each mailing list a webpage, and allows users to subscribe,
unsubscribe, etc. over the Web. Even the list manager can administer
his or her list entirely from the Web. Mailman also integrates most
things people want to do with mailing lists, including archiving, mail
<-> news gateways, and so on.

Documentation can be found in: /usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9

When the package has finished installing, you will need to perform some
additional installation steps, these are described in:
/usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9/INSTALL.REDHAT
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
make-3.81-1.1 - make-3.81-3.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: A GNU tool which simplifies the build process for users.
  • Description: 
    A GNU tool for controlling the generation of executables and other
non-source files of a program from the program's source files. Make
allows users to build and install packages without any significant
knowledge about the details of the build process. The details about
how the program should be built are provided for make in the program's
makefile.

The GNU make tool should be installed on your system because it is
commonly used to simplify the process of installing programs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
man-pages-2.39-10.el5 - man-pages-2.39-12.el5
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Man (manual) pages from the Linux Documentation Project.
  • Description: 
    A large collection of man pages (documentation) from the Linux
Documentation Project (LDP).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
man-pages-ja-20060815-5 - man-pages-ja-20060815-9.el5
  • Group: Documentation
  • Summary: Japanese man (manual) pages from the Japanese Manual Project
  • Description: 
    Japanese Manual pages, translated by JM-Project (Japanese Manual Project).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mcstrans-0.2.6-1.el5 - mcstrans-0.2.11-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: SELinux Translation Daemon
  • Description: 
    Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number
of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add
mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux
kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to
improve the security of the Flask operating system. These
architectural components provide general support for the enforcement
of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those
based on the concepts of Type Enforcement®, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.

mcstrans provides an translation daemon to translate SELinux categories
from internal representations to user defined representation.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mdadm-2.5.4-3.el5 - mdadm-2.6.4-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: mdadm controls Linux md devices (software RAID arrays)
  • Description: 
    mdadm is used to create, manage, and monitor Linux MD (software RAID)
devices. As such, it provides similar functionality to the raidtools
package. However, mdadm is a single program, and it can perform
almost all functions without a configuration file, though a configuration
file can be used to help with some common tasks.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mesa-6.5.1-7.5.el5 - mesa-6.5.1-7.7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Mesa graphics libraries
  • Description: 
    Mesa
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
metacity-2.16.0-8.el5 - metacity-2.16.0-12.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: Metacity window manager
  • Description: 
    
Metacity is a simple window manager that integrates nicely with
GNOME 2.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
microcode_ctl-1.17-1.42.el5 - microcode_ctl-1.17-1.47.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tool to update x86/x86-64 CPU microcode.
  • Description: 
    microcode_ctl - updates the microcode on Intel x86/x86-64 CPU's
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-19 - mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-44
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Creates an initial ramdisk image for preloading modules.
  • Description: 
    Mkinitrd creates filesystem images for use as initial ramdisk (initrd)
images. These ramdisk images are often used to preload the block
device modules (SCSI or RAID) needed to access the root filesystem.

In other words, generic kernels can be built without drivers for any
SCSI adapters which load the SCSI driver as a module. Since the
kernel needs to read those modules, but in this case it isn't able to
address the SCSI adapter, an initial ramdisk is used. The initial
ramdisk is loaded by the operating system loader (normally LILO) and
is available to the kernel as soon as the ramdisk is loaded. The
ramdisk image loads the proper SCSI adapter and allows the kernel to
mount the root filesystem. The mkinitrd program creates such a
ramdisk using information found in the /etc/modules.conf file.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-6
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • libdhcp-devel >= 1.9
mlocate-0.15-1.el5 - mlocate-0.15-1.el5.1
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: An utility for finding files by name
  • Description: 
    mlocate is a locate/updatedb implementation. It keeps a database of
all existing files and allows you to lookup files by name.

The 'm' stands for "merging": updatedb reuses the existing database to avoid
rereading most of the file system, which makes updatedb faster and does not
trash the system caches as much as traditional locate implementations.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mod_nss-1.0.3-4.el5 - mod_nss-1.0.3-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: SSL/TLS module for the Apache HTTP server
  • Description: 
    The mod_nss module provides strong cryptography for the Apache Web
server via the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer
Security (TLS) protocols using the Network Security Services (NSS)
security library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mod_perl-2.0.2-6.3.el5 - mod_perl-2.0.4-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: An embedded Perl interpreter for the Apache HTTP Server
  • Description: 
    Mod_perl incorporates a Perl interpreter into the Apache web server,
so that the Apache web server can directly execute Perl code.
Mod_perl links the Perl runtime library into the Apache web server and
provides an object-oriented Perl interface for Apache's C language
API. The end result is a quicker CGI script turnaround process, since
no external Perl interpreter has to be started.

Install mod_perl if you're installing the Apache web server and you'd
like for it to directly incorporate a Perl interpreter.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • perl
    • perl(ExtUtils::Embed)
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • perl >= 1:5.6.1
module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.34.el5 - module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.42.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Kernel
  • Summary: Kernel module management utilities.
  • Description: 
    The modutils package includes various programs needed for automatic
loading and unloading of modules under 2.6 and later kernels, as well
as other module management programs. Device drivers and filesystems
are two examples of loaded and unloaded modules.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mozldap-6.0.4-1.el5 - mozldap-6.0.5-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Mozilla LDAP C SDK
  • Description: 
    The Mozilla LDAP C SDK is a set of libraries that
allow applications to communicate with LDAP directory
servers. These libraries are derived from the University
of Michigan and Netscape LDAP libraries. They use Mozilla
NSPR and NSS for crypto.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
mysql-5.0.22-2.1.0.1 - mysql-5.0.45-7.el5
  • Group: Applications/Databases
  • Summary: MySQL client programs and shared libraries.
  • Description: 
    MySQL is a multi-user, multi-threaded SQL database server. MySQL is a
client/server implementation consisting of a server daemon (mysqld)
and many different client programs and libraries. The base package
contains the MySQL client programs, the client shared libraries, and
generic MySQL files.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gawk
  • No removed dependencies
nautilus-2.16.2-6.el5 - nautilus-2.16.2-7.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: Nautilus is a file manager for GNOME.
  • Description: 
    Nautilus integrates access to files, applications, media,
Internet-based resources and the Web. Nautilus delivers a dynamic and
rich user experience. Nautilus is an free software project developed
under the GNU General Public License and is a core component of the
GNOME desktop project.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
neon-0.25.5-5.1 - neon-0.25.5-10.el5
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: An HTTP and WebDAV client library
  • Description: 
    neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface;
providing a high-level interface to HTTP and WebDAV methods along
with a low-level interface for HTTP request handling. neon
supports persistent connections, proxy servers, basic, digest and
Kerberos authentication, and has complete SSL support.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
net-snmp-5.3.1-19.el5 - net-snmp-5.3.2.2-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A collection of SNMP protocol tools and libraries.
  • Description: 
    SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol used for
network management. The NET-SNMP project includes various SNMP tools:
an extensible agent, an SNMP library, tools for requesting or setting
information from SNMP agents, tools for generating and handling SNMP
traps, a version of the netstat command which uses SNMP, and a Tk/Perl
mib browser. This package contains the snmpd and snmptrapd daemons,
documentation, etc.

You will probably also want to install the net-snmp-utils package,
which contains NET-SNMP utilities.

Building option:
--without tcp_wrappers : disable tcp_wrappers support
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
net-tools-1.60-73 - net-tools-1.60-78.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Basic networking tools.
  • Description: 
    The net-tools package contains basic networking tools, including
ifconfig, netstat, route, and others.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
newt-0.52.2-9 - newt-0.52.2-12.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A development library for text mode user interfaces.
  • Description: 
    Newt is a programming library for color text mode, widget based user
interfaces. Newt can be used to add stacked windows, entry widgets,
checkboxes, radio buttons, labels, plain text fields, scrollbars,
etc., to text mode user interfaces. This package also contains the
shared library needed by programs built with newt, as well as a
/usr/bin/dialog replacement called whiptail. Newt is based on the
slang library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
nfs-utils-1.0.9-24.el5 - nfs-utils-1.0.9-40.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: NFS utilities and supporting clients and daemons for the kernel NFS server.
  • Description: 
    The nfs-utils package provides a daemon for the kernel NFS server and
related tools, which provides a much higher level of performance than the
traditional Linux NFS server used by most users.

This package also contains the showmount program. Showmount queries the
mount daemon on a remote host for information about the NFS (Network File
System) server on the remote host. For example, showmount can display the
clients which are mounted on that host.

This package also contains the mount.nfs and umount.nfs program.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • tcp_wrappers
  • No removed dependencies
notification-daemon-0.3.5-8.el5 - notification-daemon-0.3.5-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Notification Daemon
  • Description: 
    notification-daemon is the server implementation of the freedesktop.org desktop
notification specification.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
nspr-4.6.5-3.el5 - nspr-4.7.3-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Netscape Portable Runtime
  • Description: 
    NSPR provides platform independence for non-GUI operating system
facilities. These facilities include threads, thread synchronization,
normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic
memory management (malloc and free) and shared library linking.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
nss-3.11.7-1.3.el5 - nss-3.12.2.0-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Network Security Services
  • Description: 
    Network Security Services (NSS) is a set of libraries designed to
support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and
server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2
and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509
v3 certificates, and other security standards.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • nspr-devel >= 4.6.99
    • zlib-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • nspr-devel >= 4.6.2
nss_db-2.2-35.1 - nss_db-2.2-35.3
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: An NSS library for the Berkeley DB.
  • Description: 
    Nss_db is a set of C library extensions which allow Berkeley Databases
to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers, groups, hosts,
networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow passwords
(instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS). Install nss_db
if your flat name service files are too large and lookups are slow.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
nss_ldap-253-5.el5 - nss_ldap-253-17.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: NSS library and PAM module for LDAP.
  • Description: 
    This package includes two LDAP access clients: nss_ldap and pam_ldap.
Nss_ldap is a set of C library extensions that allow X.500 and LDAP
directory servers to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers,
groups, hosts, networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow
passwords (instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS).

Pam_ldap is a module for Linux-PAM that supports password changes, V2
clients, Netscape's SSL, ypldapd, Netscape Directory Server password
policies, access authorization, and crypted hashes.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • fipscheck-devel
    • keyutils-libs-devel
    • libselinux-devel
  • No removed dependencies
ntp-4.2.2p1-7.el5 - ntp-4.2.2p1-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Synchronizes system time using the Network Time Protocol (NTP).
  • Description: 
    The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is used to synchronize a computer's
time with another reference time source. The ntp package contains
utilities and daemons that will synchronize your computer's time to
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via the NTP protocol and NTP servers.
The ntp package includes ntpdate (a program for retrieving the date
and time from remote machines via a network) and ntpd (a daemon which
continuously adjusts system time).

Install the ntp package if you need tools for keeping your system's
time synchronized via the NTP protocol.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • perl-HTML-Parser
  • No removed dependencies
numactl-0.9.8-2.el5 - numactl-0.9.8-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: library for tuning for Non Uniform Memory Access machines
  • Description: 
    Simple NUMA policy support. It consists of a numactl program to run
other programs with a specific NUMA policy and a libnuma to do
allocations with NUMA policy in applications.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
oddjob-0.27-7 - oddjob-0.27-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A D-BUS service which runs odd jobs on behalf of client applications
  • Description: 
    oddjob is a D-BUS service which performs particular tasks for clients which
connect to it and issue requests using the system-wide message bus.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
openCryptoki-2.2.4-16.el5 - openCryptoki-2.2.4-22.el5
  • Group: Productivity/Security
  • Summary: Implementation of Cryptoki v2.11 for IBM Crypto Hardware
  • Description: 
    The PKCS#11 Version 2.11 api implemented for the IBM Crypto cards.
This package includes support for the IBM 4758 Cryptographic
CoProcessor (with the PKCS#11 firmware loaded) and the IBM eServer
Cryptographic Accelerator (FC 4960 on pSeries)
  • Added Dependencies:
    • trousers-devel
  • No removed dependencies
openais-0.80.3-7.el5 - openais-0.80.3-22.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The openais Standards-Based Cluster Framework executive and APIs
  • Description: 
    This package contains the openais executive, openais service handlers,
default configuration files and init script.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
openhpi-2.8.1-2.el5.7 - openhpi-2.10.2-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: openhpi Hardware Platform Interface (HPI) library and tools
  • Description: 
    OpenHPI is an open source project created with the intent of providing an
implementation of the SA Forum's Hardware Platform Interface (HPI). HPI
provides an abstracted interface to managing computer hardware, typically for
chassis and rack based servers. HPI includes resource modeling; access to and
control over sensor, control, watchdog, and inventory data associated with
resources; abstracted System Event Log interfaces; hardware events and alerts;
and a managed hotswap interface.

OpenHPI provides a modular mechanism for adding new hardware and device support
easily. Many plugins exist in the OpenHPI source tree to provide access to
various types of hardware. This includes, but is not limited to, IPMI based
servers, Blade Center, and machines which export data via sysfs.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
openib-1.2-6.el5 - openib-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: OpenIB Infiniband Driver Stack
  • Description: 
    User space initialization scripts for the kernel InfiniBand drivers
  • No added dependencies
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libsysfs-devel
    • libtool
    • pciutils-devel
    • zlib-devel
openldap-2.3.27-8 - openldap-2.3.43-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The configuration files, libraries, and documentation for OpenLDAP.
  • Description: 
    OpenLDAP is an open source suite of LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol) applications and development tools. LDAP is a set of
protocols for accessing directory services (usually phone book style
information, but other information is possible) over the Internet,
similar to the way DNS (Domain Name System) information is propagated
over the Internet. The openldap package contains configuration files,
libraries, and documentation for OpenLDAP.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
openmotif-2.3.0-0.3.el5 - openmotif-2.3.1-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Open Motif runtime libraries and executables.
  • Description: 
    This is the Open Motif 2.3.1 runtime environment. It includes the
Motif shared libraries, needed to run applications which are dynamically
linked against Motif, and the Motif Window Manager "mwm".
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
openmpi-1.2.3-4.el5 - openmpi-1.2.7-6.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Open Message Passing Interface
  • Description: 
    Open MPI is an open source, freely available implementation of both the
MPI-1 and MPI-2 standards, combining technologies and resources from
several other projects (FT-MPI, LA-MPI, LAM/MPI, and PACX-MPI) in
order to build the best MPI library available. A completely new MPI-2
compliant implementation, Open MPI offers advantages for system and
software vendors, application developers, and computer science
researchers. For more information, see http://www.open-mpi.org/ .
  • Added Dependencies:
    • compat-dapl-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • dapl-devel
    • libsysfs-devel
openssh-4.3p2-24.el5 - openssh-4.3p2-29.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: The OpenSSH implementation of SSH protocol versions 1 and 2
  • Description: 
    SSH (Secure SHell) is a program for logging into and executing
commands on a remote machine. SSH is intended to replace rlogin and
rsh, and to provide secure encrypted communications between two
untrusted hosts over an insecure network. X11 connections and
arbitrary TCP/IP ports can also be forwarded over the secure channel.

OpenSSH is OpenBSD's version of the last free version of SSH, bringing
it up to date in terms of security and features, as well as removing
all patented algorithms to separate libraries.

This package includes the core files necessary for both the OpenSSH
client and server. To make this package useful, you should also
install openssh-clients, openssh-server, or both.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • openssl-devel >= 0.9.8e
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • openssl-devel
openssl-0.9.8b-8.3.el5_0.2 - openssl-0.9.8e-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The OpenSSL toolkit
  • Description: 
    The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between
machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared
libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and
protocols.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • fipscheck
  • No removed dependencies
openssl097a-0.9.7a-9 - openssl097a-0.9.7a-9.el5_2.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: The OpenSSL toolkit
  • Description: 
    The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between
machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared
libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and
protocols.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
oprofile-0.9.2-6.el5 - oprofile-0.9.3-18.el5
  • Group: Development/System
  • Summary: System wide profiler
  • Description: 
    OProfile is a profiling system for systems running Linux. The
profiling runs transparently during the background, and profile data
can be collected at any time. OProfile makes use of the hardware performance
counters provided on Intel P6, and AMD Athlon family processors, and can use
the RTC for profiling on other x86 processor types.

See the HTML documentation for further details.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pam-0.99.6.2-3.26.el5 - pam-0.99.6.2-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A security tool which provides authentication for applications
  • Description: 
    PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is a system security tool that
allows system administrators to set authentication policy without
having to recompile programs that handle authentication.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • audit-libs-devel >= 1.6.5
    • kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-114
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • audit-libs-devel >= 1.0.8
pam_krb5-2.2.14-1 - pam_krb5-2.2.14-10
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A Pluggable Authentication Module for Kerberos 5.
  • Description: 
    This is pam_krb5, a pluggable authentication module that can be used with
Linux-PAM and Kerberos 5. This module supports password checking, ticket
creation, and optional TGT verification and conversion to Kerberos IV tickets.
The included pam_krb5afs module also gets AFS tokens if so configured.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libtool
  • No removed dependencies
paps-0.6.6-17.el5 - paps-0.6.6-18.el5
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: Plain Text to PostScript converter
  • Description: 
    paps is a PostScript converter from plain text file using Pango.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
parted-1.8.1-12.el5 - parted-1.8.1-23.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The GNU disk partition manipulation program
  • Description: 
    The GNU Parted program allows you to create, destroy, resize, move,
and copy hard disk partitions. Parted can be used for creating space
for new operating systems, reorganizing disk usage, and copying data
to new hard disks.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
patch-2.5.4-29.2.2 - patch-2.5.4-29.2.3.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: The GNU patch command, for modifying/upgrading files.
  • Description: 
    The patch program applies diff files to originals. The diff command
is used to compare an original to a changed file. Diff lists the
changes made to the file. A person who has the original file can then
use the patch command with the diff file to add the changes to their
original file (patching the file).

Patch should be installed because it is a common way of upgrading
applications.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pciutils-2.2.3-4 - pciutils-2.2.3-5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: PCI bus related utilities.
  • Description: 
    The pciutils package contains various utilities for inspecting and
setting devices connected to the PCI bus. The utilities provided
require kernel version 2.1.82 or newer (which support the
/proc/bus/pci interface).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pcre-6.6-1.1 - pcre-6.6-2.el5_1.7
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Perl-compatible regular expression library
  • Description: 
    Perl-compatible regular expression library.
PCRE has its own native API, but a set of "wrapper" functions that are based on
the POSIX API are also supplied in the library libpcreposix. Note that this
just provides a POSIX calling interface to PCRE: the regular expressions
themselves still follow Perl syntax and semantics. The header file
for the POSIX-style functions is called pcreposix.h.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pcsc-lite-1.3.1-7 - pcsc-lite-1.4.4-0.1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: PC/SC Lite smart card framework and applications
  • Description: 
    The purpose of PC/SC Lite is to provide a Windows(R) SCard interface
in a very small form factor for communicating to smartcards and
readers. PC/SC Lite uses the same winscard API as used under
Windows(R). This package includes the PC/SC Lite daemon, a resource
manager that coordinates communications with smart card readers and
smart cards that are connected to the system, as well as other command
line tools.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
perl-5.8.8-10 - perl-5.8.8-18.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: The Perl programming language
  • Description: 
    Perl is a high-level programming language with roots in C, sed, awk
and shell scripting. Perl is good at handling processes and files,
and is especially good at handling text. Perl's hallmarks are
practicality and efficiency. While it is used to do a lot of
different things, Perl's most common applications are system
administration utilities and web programming. A large proportion of
the CGI scripts on the web are written in Perl. You need the perl
package installed on your system so that your system can handle Perl
scripts.

Install this package if you want to program in Perl or enable your
system to handle Perl scripts.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A MySQL interface for perl
  • Description: 
    An implementation of DBI for MySQL for Perl.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • perl-DBI >= 1.52-2
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • perl(DBI)
perl-DBD-Pg-1.49-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-Pg-1.49-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A PostgresSQL interface for perl
  • Description: 
    An implementation of DBI for PostgreSQL for Perl.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • perl-DBI >= 1.52-2
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • perl-DBI >= 1.38
perl-DBI-1.52-1.fc6 - perl-DBI-1.52-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A database access API for perl
  • Description: 
    DBI is a database access Application Programming Interface (API) for
the Perl Language. The DBI API Specification defines a set of
functions, variables and conventions that provide a consistent
database interface independent of the actual database being used.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pfmon-3.2-0.060926.4.el5 - pfmon-3.2-0.060926.5.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: a performance monitoring tool for Linux/ia64
  • Description: 
    This package contains pfmon 3.x, a tool to monitor performance using
the Performance Monitor Unit (PMU). Pfmon can monitor
standalone programs or the entire system on both UP and SMP Linux systems.
This version
of pfmon requires a kernel perfmon-2.x (found in 2.6 kernels) subsystem to
function properly.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
php-5.1.6-15.el5 - php-5.1.6-23.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: The PHP HTML-embedded scripting language. (PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor)
  • Description: 
    PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. PHP attempts to make it
easy for developers to write dynamically generated webpages. PHP also
offers built-in database integration for several commercial and
non-commercial database management systems, so writing a
database-enabled webpage with PHP is fairly simple. The most common
use of PHP coding is probably as a replacement for CGI scripts.

The php package contains the module which adds support for the PHP
language to Apache HTTP Server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
php-pear-1.4.9-4 - php-pear-1.4.9-4.el5.1
  • Group: System
  • Summary: PHP Extension and Application Repository framework
  • Description: 
    PEAR is a framework and distribution system for reusable PHP
components. This package contains the basic PEAR components.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
piranha-0.8.4-7.el5 - piranha-0.8.4-11.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Cluster administation tools
  • Description: 
    Various tools to administer and configure the Linux Virtual Server as well as
heartbeating and failover components. The LVS is a dynamically adjusted
kernel routing mechanism that provides load balancing primarily for web
and ftp servers though other services are supported.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pirut-1.2.10-1.el5 - pirut-1.3.28-13.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Package Installation, Removal and Update Tools
  • Description: 
    pirut (pronounced "pirate") provides a set of graphical tools for managing
software.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pkgconfig-0.21-1.fc6 - pkgconfig-0.21-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: A tool for determining compilation options.
  • Description: 
    The pkgconfig tool determines compilation options. For each required
library, it reads the configuration file and outputs the necessary
compiler and linker flags.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pkinit-nss-0.7.3-1.el5 - pkinit-nss-0.7.6-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: PKINIT for MIT Kerberos
  • Description: 
    The pkinit-nss package implements the PKINIT standard for MIT Kerberos. It
does so using the Mozilla NSS library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pm-utils-0.99.3-6.el5.17 - pm-utils-0.99.3-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Power management utilities and scripts for Fedora Core
  • Description: 
    The pm-utils package contains utilities and scripts for Fedora Core
useful for power management.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
policycoreutils-1.33.12-12.el5 - policycoreutils-1.33.12-14.2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: SELinux policy core utilities.
  • Description: 
    Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number
of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add
mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux
kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to
improve the security of the Flask operating system. These
architectural components provide general support for the enforcement
of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those
based on the concepts of Type Enforcement®, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.

policycoreutils contains the policy core utilities that are required
for basic operation of a SELinux system. These utilities include
load_policy to load policies, setfiles to label filesystems, newrole
to switch roles, and run_init to run /etc/init.d scripts in the proper
context.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
poppler-0.5.4-4.1.el5 - poppler-0.5.4-4.4.el5_1
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: PDF rendering library
  • Description: 
    Poppler, a PDF rendering library, it's a fork of the xpdf PDF
viewer developed by Derek Noonburg of Glyph and Cog, LLC.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
postfix-2.3.3-2 - postfix-2.3.3-2.1.el5_2
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Postfix Mail Transport Agent
  • Description: 
    Postfix is a Mail Transport Agent (MTA), supporting LDAP, SMTP AUTH (SASL),
TLS
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
postgresql-8.1.9-1.el5 - postgresql-8.1.11-1.el5_1.1
  • Group: Applications/Databases
  • Summary: PostgreSQL client programs and libraries.
  • Description: 
    PostgreSQL is an advanced Object-Relational database management system
(DBMS) that supports almost all SQL constructs (including
transactions, subselects and user-defined types and functions). The
postgresql package includes the client programs and libraries that
you'll need to access a PostgreSQL DBMS server. These PostgreSQL
client programs are programs that directly manipulate the internal
structure of PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server. These client
programs can be located on the same machine with the PostgreSQL
server, or may be on a remote machine which accesses a PostgreSQL
server over a network connection. This package contains the docs
in HTML for the whole package, as well as command-line utilities for
managing PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server.

If you want to manipulate a PostgreSQL database on a remote PostgreSQL
server, you need this package. You also need to install this package
if you're installing the postgresql-server package.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ppc64-utils-0.11-2 - ppc64-utils-0.11-10.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Linux/PPC64 specific utilities
  • Description: 
    A collection of utilities for Linux on PPC64 platforms.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • db4-devel
    • librtas-devel >= 1.3.3
    • libstdc++-devel
    • libtool
    • sg3_utils-devel
    • zlib-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • librtas-devel
ppp-2.4.4-1.el5 - ppp-2.4.4-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daemon.
  • Description: 
    The ppp package contains the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daemon and
documentation for PPP support. The PPP protocol provides a method for
transmitting datagrams over serial point-to-point links. PPP is
usually used to dial in to an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or other
organization over a modem and phone line.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
prelink-0.3.9-2.1 - prelink-0.4.0-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: An ELF prelinking utility
  • Description: 
    The prelink package contains a utility which modifies ELF shared libraries
and executables, so that far fewer relocations need to be resolved at runtime
and thus programs come up faster.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
privoxy-3.0.3-9.2.2 - privoxy-3.0.3-9.3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: Privoxy - privacy enhancing proxy
  • Description: 
    Privoxy is a web proxy with advanced filtering capabilities for
protecting privacy, filtering web page content, managing cookies,
controlling access, and removing ads, banners, pop-ups and other
obnoxious Internet junk. Privoxy has a very flexible configuration and
can be customized to suit individual needs and tastes. Privoxy has application
for both stand-alone systems and multi-user networks.

Privoxy is based on the Internet Junkbuster.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • pcre-devel
  • No removed dependencies
procps-3.2.7-8.1.el5 - procps-3.2.7-11.1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: System and process monitoring utilities.
  • Description: 
    The procps package contains a set of system utilities that provide
system information. Procps includes ps, free, skill, pkill, pgrep,
snice, tload, top, uptime, vmstat, w, watch and pdwx. The ps command
displays a snapshot of running processes. The top command provides
a repetitive update of the statuses of running processes. The free
command displays the amounts of free and used memory on your
system. The skill command sends a terminate command (or another
specified signal) to a specified set of processes. The snice
command is used to change the scheduling priority of specified
processes. The tload command prints a graph of the current system
load average to a specified tty. The uptime command displays the
current time, how long the system has been running, how many users
are logged on, and system load averages for the past one, five,
and fifteen minutes. The w command displays a list of the users
who are currently logged on and what they are running. The watch
program watches a running program. The vmstat command displays
virtual memory statistics about processes, memory, paging, block
I/O, traps, and CPU activity. The pwdx command reports the current
working directory of a process or processes.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
psacct-6.3.2-41.1 - psacct-6.3.2-44.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Utilities for monitoring process activities.
  • Description: 
    The psacct package contains several utilities for monitoring process
activities, including ac, lastcomm, accton and sa. The ac command
displays statistics about how long users have been logged on. The
lastcomm command displays information about previous executed
commands. The accton command turns process accounting on or off. The
sa command summarizes information about previously executed
commands.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
psmisc-22.2-5 - psmisc-22.2-6
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Utilities for managing processes on your system.
  • Description: 
    The psmisc package contains utilities for managing processes on your
system: pstree, killall and fuser. The pstree command displays a tree
structure of all of the running processes on your system. The killall
command sends a specified signal (SIGTERM if nothing is specified) to
processes identified by name. The fuser command identifies the PIDs
of processes that are using specified files or filesystems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pygtk2-2.10.1-8.el5 - pygtk2-2.10.1-12.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Python bindings for the GTK+ widget set.
  • Description: 
    PyGTK is an extension module for python that gives you access to the GTK+
widget set. Just about anything you can write in C with GTK+ you can write
in python with PyGTK (within reason), but with all the benefits of python.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
pykickstart-0.43-1.el5 - pykickstart-0.43.3-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A python library for manipulating kickstart files
  • Description: 
    The pykickstart package is a python library for manipulating kickstart
files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
python-2.4.3-19.el5 - python-2.4.3-24.el5
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: An interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language.
  • Description: 
    Python is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming
language often compared to Tcl, Perl, Scheme or Java. Python includes
modules, classes, exceptions, very high level dynamic data types and
dynamic typing. Python supports interfaces to many system calls and
libraries, as well as to various windowing systems (X11, Motif, Tk,
Mac and MFC).

Programmers can write new built-in modules for Python in C or C++.
Python can be used as an extension language for applications that need
a programmable interface. This package contains most of the standard
Python modules, as well as modules for interfacing to the Tix widget
set for Tk and RPM.

Note that documentation for Python is provided in the python-docs
package.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
python-pyblock-0.26-1.el5 - python-pyblock-0.26-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Python modules for dealing with block devices
  • Description: 
    The pyblock contains Python modules for dealing with block devices.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc13-14
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc11-FC6.3
python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-2 - python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-5.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber
  • Description: 
    A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber for python supporting HTTP, FTP
and file locations. Features include keepalive, byte ranges, throttling,
authentication, proxies and more.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
python-virtinst-0.103.0-3.el5 - python-virtinst-0.300.2-12.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Python modules for starting Xen guest installations
  • Description: 
    virtinst is a module to help in starting installations of Fedora/Red
Hat Enterprise Linux related distributions inside of virtual machines. It
supports both paravirt guests (for which only FC and RHEL guests are
currently supported) as well as fully virtualized guests. It uses
libvirt (http://www.libvirt.org) for starting things.

Also contained is a simple script virt-install which uses
virtinst in a command line mode.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gettext
    • python
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • python-devel
quota-3.13-1.2.3.2.el5 - quota-3.13-1.2.5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: System administration tools for monitoring users' disk usage.
  • Description: 
    The quota package contains system administration tools for monitoring
and limiting user and or group disk usage per filesystem.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rdate-1.4-6 - rdate-1.4-8.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Tool for getting the date/time from a remote machine.
  • Description: 
    The rdate utility retrieves the date and time from another machine on
your network, using the protocol described in RFC 868. If you run
rdate as root, it will set your machine's local time to the time of
the machine that you queried.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rdesktop-1.4.1-4 - rdesktop-1.4.1-6
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: X client for remote desktop into Windows Terminal Server
  • Description: 
    rdesktop is an open source client for Windows NT Terminal Server and
Windows 2000 & 2003 Terminal Services, capable of natively speaking
Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) in order to present the user's NT
desktop. Unlike Citrix ICA, no server extensions are required.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
redhat-menus-6.7.8-2.el5 - redhat-menus-6.7.8-3.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: Configuration and data files for the desktop menus
  • Description: 
    
This package contains the XML files that describe the menu layout for
GNOME and KDE, and the .desktop files that define the names and icons
of "subdirectories" in the menus.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
redhat-release-5Server-5.1.0.2 - redhat-release-5Server-5.3.0.3
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release file
  • Description: 
    Red Hat Enterprise Linux release files
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
redhat-release-notes-5Server-9 - redhat-release-notes-5Server-25
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files
  • Description: 
    Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
redhat-rpm-config-8.0.45-22.el5 - redhat-rpm-config-8.0.45-29.el5
  • Group: Development/System
  • Summary: Red Hat specific rpm configuration files.
  • Description: 
    Red Hat specific rpm configuration files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rgmanager-2.0.31-1.el5 - rgmanager-2.0.46-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Open Source HA Resource Group Failover for Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • Description: 
    Red Hat Resource Group Manager provides high availability of critical server
applications in the event of planned or unplanned system downtime.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • slang-devel
  • No removed dependencies
rhel-instnum-1.0.7-1.el5 - rhel-instnum-1.0.9-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A library for decoding RHEL installation numbers
  • Description: 
    rhel-instnum provides methods for decoding RHEL installation numbers
  • No added dependencies
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • python
rhn-client-tools-0.4.16-1.el5 - rhn-client-tools-0.4.19-17.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Support programs and libraries for Red Hat Network
  • Description: 
    Red Hat Network Client Tools provides programs and libraries to allow your
system to receive software updates from Red Hat Network.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rhnlib-2.2.5-1.el5 - rhnlib-2.2.6-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Python libraries for the RHN project
  • Description: 
    rhnlib is a collection of python modules used by the
Red Hat Network (http://rhn.redhat.com) software.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rhpxl-0.41.1-1.el5 - rhpxl-0.41.1-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Python library for configuring and running X.
  • Description: 
    The rhpxl (pronounced 'rapunzel') package contains a Python library for
configuring and running X.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
rpm-4.4.2-47.el5 - rpm-4.4.2.3-9.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The RPM package management system
  • Description: 
    The RPM Package Manager (RPM) is a powerful command line driven
package management system capable of installing, uninstalling,
verifying, querying, and updating software packages. Each software
package consists of an archive of files along with information about
the package like its version, a description, etc.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • doxygen
    • gawk
    • nss-devel
    • redhat-rpm-config
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • beecrypt-devel >= 4.1.2
    • sed
rsh-0.17-37.el5 - rsh-0.17-38.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Clients for remote access commands (rsh, rlogin, rcp).
  • Description: 
    The rsh package contains a set of programs which allow users to run
commands on remote machines, login to other machines and copy files
between machines (rsh, rlogin and rcp). All three of these commands
use rhosts style authentication. This package contains the clients
needed for all of these services.
The rsh package should be installed to enable remote access to other
machines.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ruby-1.8.5-5.el5 - ruby-1.8.5-5.el5_2.6
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: An interpreter of object-oriented scripting language
  • Description: 
    Ruby is the interpreted scripting language for quick and easy
object-oriented programming. It has many features to process text
files and to do system management tasks (as in Perl). It is simple,
straight-forward, and extensible.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
s390utils-1.5.3-10.el5.14 - s390utils-1.5.3-21.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Linux/390 specific utilities.
  • Description: 
    This package contains utilities related to Linux for S/390.
The most important programs contained in this package are:

- The cmstools suite to list, check, copy and cat files from a CMS volume.
- chccwdev, a script to generically change attributes of a ccw device.
- dasdfmt, which is used to low-level format eckd-dasds with
either the classic linux disk layout or the new z/OS
compatible disk layout.
- dasdview, which displays DASD and VTOC information and dumps the content
of a DASD to the console.
- fdasd, which is used to create or modify partitions on
eckd-dasds formatted with the z/OS compatible disk layout.
- osasnmpd, a subagent for net-snmp to access the OSA hardware.
- qetharp to query and purge address data in the OSA and HiperSockets hardware
- qethconf to configure IBM QETH function IPA, VIPA and Proxy ARP.
- src_vipa.sh to start applications using VIPA capabilities
- tunedasd, a tool to adjust tunable parameters on DASD devices
- vmconvert, a tool to convert vm dumps to lkcd compatible dumps.
- vmcp, a tool to send CP commands from a Linux guest to the VM.
- zipl, which is used to make either dasds or tapes bootable
for system IPL or system dump.
- zdump, which is used to retrieve system dumps from either
tapes or dasds.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
sabayon-2.12.4-5.el5 - sabayon-2.12.4-6.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Tool to maintain user profiles in a GNOME desktop
  • Description: 
    Sabayon is a tool to help sysadmins and user change and maintain the
default behaviour of the GNOME desktop. This package contains the
graphical tools which a sysadmin use to manage Sabayon profiles.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
salinfo-1.1-3.el5 - salinfo-1.1-4.el5
  • Group: Utilities/System
  • Summary: Sal info tool.
  • Description: 
    The IA64 Linux kernel has a Software Abstraction Layer (SAL). One of
SAL's tasks is to record machine problems such as CMC (correctable
machine checks), CPE (correctable platform errors), MCA (machine check
architecture) and INIT (cpu initialized after boot). These records are
provided by SAL to user space. salinfo saves and decodes CMC/CPE/MCA
and INIT records.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
samba-3.0.25b-0.el5.4 - samba-3.0.33-3.7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The Samba SMB server.
  • Description: 
    
Samba is the suite of programs by which a lot of PC-related machines
share files, printers, and other information (such as lists of
available files and printers). The Windows NT, OS/2, and Linux
operating systems support this natively, and add-on packages can
enable the same thing for DOS, Windows, VMS, UNIX of all kinds, MVS,
and more. This package provides an SMB server that can be used to
provide network services to SMB (sometimes called "Lan Manager")
clients. Samba uses NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) protocols and does NOT
need the NetBEUI (Microsoft Raw NetBIOS frame) protocol.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
sblim-1-29.EL5 - sblim-1-31.el5_2.1
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Standards Based Linux Instrumentation for Manageability
  • Description: 
    SBLIM stands for Standards Based Linux Instrumentation for Manageability,
and consists of a set of standards based Web Based Enterprise Management
(WBEM) modules that use the Common Information Model (CIM) standard to
gather and provide systems management information, events, and methods
to local or networked consumers via an CIM object services broker using
the CMPI (Common Manageability Programming Interface) standard.
This package provides a set of core providers and development tools
for systems management applications.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • sed
  • No removed dependencies
scim-1.4.4-39.el5 - scim-1.4.4-41.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Smart Common Input Method platform
  • Description: 
    SCIM is a user friendly and full featured input method user interface and
also a development platform to make life easier for Input Method developers.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
scim-anthy-1.2.0-5.el5 - scim-anthy-1.2.0-6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: SCIM IMEngine for anthy for Japanese input
  • Description: 
    Scim-anthy is a SCIM IMEngine module for anthy to support Japanese input.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
scim-bridge-0.4.5-7.el5 - scim-bridge-0.4.5-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: SCIM Bridge Gtk IM module
  • Description: 
    SCIM Bridge is a C implementation of a Gtk IM module for SCIM.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
scim-chewing-0.3.1-10.el5 - scim-chewing-0.3.1-11.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Chewing Chinese input method for SCIM
  • Description: 
    This package provides Chewing Chinese input method for SCIM.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
scim-pinyin-0.5.91-15.el5 - scim-pinyin-0.5.91-16.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Smart Pinyin IMEngine for Smart Common Input Method platform
  • Description: 
    Simplified Chinese Smart Pinyin IMEngine for SCIM.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
scsi-target-utils-0.0-0.20070620snap.el5 - scsi-target-utils-0.0-5.20080917snap.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The SCSI target daemon and utility programs
  • Description: 
    The SCSI target package contains the daemon and tools to setup a SCSI targets.
Currently, software iSCSI targets are supported.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libibverbs-devel
    • librdmacm-devel
  • No removed dependencies
selinux-policy-2.4.6-104.el5 - selinux-policy-2.4.6-203.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: SELinux policy configuration
  • Description: 
    SELinux Reference Policy - modular.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
setroubleshoot-1.8.11-4.el5 - setroubleshoot-2.0.5-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Helps troubleshoot SELinux problems
  • Description: 
    setroubleshoot gui. Application that allows you to view setroubleshoot-server
messages.
Provides tools to help diagnose SELinux problems. When AVC messages
are generated an alert can be generated that will give information
about the problem and help track its resolution. Alerts can be configured
to user preference. The same tools can be run on existing log files.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • desktop-file-utils
    • htmlview
  • No removed dependencies
setup-2.5.58-1.el5 - setup-2.5.58-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A set of system configuration and setup files.
  • Description: 
    The setup package contains a set of important system configuration and
setup files, such as passwd, group, and profile.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
sg3_utils-1.20-2.1 - sg3_utils-1.25-1.el5
  • Group: Utilities/System
  • Summary: Utils for Linux's SCSI generic driver devices + raw devices
  • Description: 
    Collection of Linux utilities for devices that use the SCSI command set.
Includes utilities to copy data based on "dd" syntax and semantics (called
sg_dd, sgp_dd and sgm_dd); check INQUIRY data and VPD pages (sg_inq); check
mode and log pages (sginfo, sg_modes and sg_logs); spin up and down
disks (sg_start); do self tests (sg_senddiag); and various other functions.
See the README, CHANGELOG and COVERAGE files. Requires the linux kernel 2.4
series or later. In the 2.4 series SCSI generic device names (e.g. /dev/sg0)
must be used. In the 2.6 series other device names may be used as
well (e.g. /dev/sda).

Warning: Some of these tools access the internals of your system
and the incorrect usage of them may render your system inoperable.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
shadow-utils-4.0.17-12.el5 - shadow-utils-4.0.17-14.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Utilities for managing accounts and shadow password files.
  • Description: 
    The shadow-utils package includes the necessary programs for
converting UNIX password files to the shadow password format, plus
programs for managing user and group accounts. The pwconv command
converts passwords to the shadow password format. The pwunconv command
unconverts shadow passwords and generates an npasswd file (a standard
UNIX password file). The pwck command checks the integrity of password
and shadow files. The lastlog command prints out the last login times
for all users. The useradd, userdel, and usermod commands are used for
managing user accounts. The groupadd, groupdel, and groupmod commands
are used for managing group accounts.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
shared-mime-info-0.19-3.el5 - shared-mime-info-0.19-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: Shared MIME information database
  • Description: 
    This is the freedesktop.org shared MIME info database.

Many programs and desktops use the MIME system to represent the types of
files. Frequently, it is necessary to work out the correct MIME type for
a file. This is generally done by examining the file's name or contents,
and looking up the correct MIME type in a database.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
smartmontools-5.36-3.1.el5 - smartmontools-5.38-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Tools for monitoring SMART capable hard disks
  • Description: 
    The smartmontools package contains two utility programs (smartctl
and smartd) to control and monitor storage systems using the Self-
Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology System (SMART) built
into most modern ATA and SCSI hard disks. In many cases, these
utilities will provide advanced warning of disk degradation and
failure.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libselinux-devel
  • No removed dependencies
sos-1.7-9.1.el5 - sos-1.7-9.16.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A set of tools to gather troubleshooting information from a system
  • Description: 
    Sos is a set of tools that gathers information about system
hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for
diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sos is commonly used to help
support technicians and developers.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
spamassassin-3.1.9-1.el5 - spamassassin-3.2.5-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Spam filter for email which can be invoked from mail delivery agents.
  • Description: 
    SpamAssassin provides you with a way to reduce if not completely eliminate
Unsolicited Commercial Email (SPAM) from your incoming email. It can
be invoked by a MDA such as sendmail or postfix, or can be called from
a procmail script, .forward file, etc. It uses a genetic-algorithm
evolved scoring system to identify messages which look spammy, then
adds headers to the message so they can be filtered by the user's mail
reading software. This distribution includes the spamd/spamc components
which create a server that considerably speeds processing of mail.

To enable spamassassin, if you are receiving mail locally, simply add
this line to your ~/.procmailrc:
INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc

To filter spam for all users, add that line to /etc/procmailrc
(creating if necessary).
  • Added Dependencies:
    • perl-HTML-Parser >= 3.43
  • No removed dependencies
speex-1.0.5-4 - speex-1.0.5-4.el5_1.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A voice compression format (codec)
  • Description: 
    Speex is a patent-free compression format designed especially for
speech. It is specialized for voice communications at low bit-rates in
the 2-45 kbps range. Possible applications include Voice over IP
(VoIP), Internet audio streaming, audio books, and archiving of speech
data (e.g. voice mail).
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
squid-2.6.STABLE6-4.el5 - squid-2.6.STABLE21-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The Squid proxy caching server.
  • Description: 
    Squid is a high-performance proxy caching server for Web clients,
supporting FTP, gopher, and HTTP data objects. Unlike traditional
caching software, Squid handles all requests in a single,
non-blocking, I/O-driven process. Squid keeps meta data and especially
hot objects cached in RAM, caches DNS lookups, supports non-blocking
DNS lookups, and implements negative caching of failed requests.

Squid consists of a main server program squid, a Domain Name System
lookup program (dnsserver), a program for retrieving FTP data
(ftpget), and some management and client tools.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
strace-4.5.16-1.el5.1 - strace-4.5.18-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Debuggers
  • Summary: Tracks and displays system calls associated with a running process
  • Description: 
    The strace program intercepts and records the system calls called and
received by a running process. Strace can print a record of each
system call, its arguments and its return value. Strace is useful for
diagnosing problems and debugging, as well as for instructional
purposes.

Install strace if you need a tool to track the system calls made and
received by a process.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libacl-devel
    • libaio-devel
  • No removed dependencies
stunnel-4.15-2 - stunnel-4.15-2.el5.1
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: An SSL-encrypting socket wrapper.
  • Description: 
    Stunnel is a socket wrapper which can provide SSL (Secure Sockets
Layer) support to ordinary applications. For example, it can be used
in conjunction with imapd to create an SSL secure IMAP server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
subversion-1.4.2-2.el5 - subversion-1.4.2-4.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: Modern Version Control System designed to replace CVS
  • Description: 
    Subversion is a concurrent version control system which enables one
or more users to collaborate in developing and maintaining a
hierarchy of files and directories while keeping a history of all
changes. Subversion only stores the differences between versions,
instead of every complete file. Subversion is intended to be a
compelling replacement for CVS.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • neon-devel >= 0:0.25.5-6.el5
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • neon-devel >= 0:0.24.7-1
sudo-1.6.8p12-10 - sudo-1.6.9p17-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Allows restricted root access for specified users.
  • Description: 
    Sudo (superuser do) allows a system administrator to give certain
users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or all) commands
as root while logging all commands and arguments. Sudo operates on a
per-command basis. It is not a replacement for the shell. Features
include: the ability to restrict what commands a user may run on a
per-host basis, copious logging of each command (providing a clear
audit trail of who did what), a configurable timeout of the sudo
command, and the ability to use the same configuration file (sudoers)
on many different machines.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • audit-libs-devel
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libcap-devel
    • libtool
  • No removed dependencies
sysklogd-1.4.1-40.el5 - sysklogd-1.4.1-44.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: System logging and kernel message trapping daemons.
  • Description: 
    The sysklogd package contains two system utilities (syslogd and klogd)
which provide support for system logging. Syslogd and klogd run as
daemons (background processes) and log system messages to different
places, like sendmail logs, security logs, error logs, etc.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
sysstat-7.0.0-3.el5 - sysstat-7.0.2-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The sar and iostat system monitoring commands.
  • Description: 
    This package provides the sar and iostat commands for Linux. Sar and
iostat enable system monitoring of disk, network, and other IO
activity.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-bind-4.0.3-2.el5 - system-config-bind-4.0.3-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The Red Hat BIND DNS Configuration Tool.
  • Description: 
    The system-config-bind package provides a graphical user interface (GUI) to
configure the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) Domain Name System (DNS)
server, "named", with a set of python modules.
Users new to BIND configuration can use this tool to quickly set up a working
DNS server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-cluster-1.0.50-1.3 - system-config-cluster-1.0.55-1.0
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: system-config-cluster is a utility which allows you to manage cluster configuration in a graphical setting.
  • Description: 
    system-config-cluster is a utility which allows you to manage cluster configuuration in a graphical setting.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-date-1.8.12-1.el5 - system-config-date-1.8.12-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A graphical interface for modifying system date and time
  • Description: 
    system-config-date is a graphical interface for changing the system date and
time, configuring the system time zone, and setting up the NTP daemon to
synchronize the time of the system with an NTP time server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-httpd-1.3.3.1-1.el5 - system-config-httpd-1.3.3.3-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Apache configuration tool
  • Description: 
    A RHN configuration tool for apache.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gettext
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-kdump-1.0.12-1.el5 - system-config-kdump-1.0.14-4.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A graphical interface for configuring kernel crash dumping
  • Description: 
    system-config-kdump is a graphical tool for configuring kernel crash
dumping via kdump and kexec.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.1-1.el5 - system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.8-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A graphical interface for making kickstart files.
  • Description: 
    Kickstart Configurator is a graphical tool for creating kickstart files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-language-1.1.18-1.el5 - system-config-language-1.1.18-2.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A graphical interface for modifying the system language
  • Description: 
    system-config-language is a graphical user interface that
allows the user to change the default language of the system.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-lvm-1.0.22-1.0.el5 - system-config-lvm-1.1.5-1.0.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A utility for graphically configuring Logical Volumes
  • Description: 
    system-config-lvm is a utility for graphically configuring Logical Volumes
  • Added Dependencies:
    • intltool
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-network-1.3.99-2.el5 - system-config-network-1.3.99.12-1.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: The GUI of the NEtwork Adminstration Tool
  • Description: 
    This is the GUI of the network configuration tool,
supporting Ethernet, Wireless, TokenRing, ADSL, ISDN and PPP.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-printer-0.7.32.5-1.el5 - system-config-printer-0.7.32.10-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A printer administration tool
  • Description: 
    system-config-printer is a graphical user interface that allows
the user to configure a CUPS print server.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-samba-1.2.39-1.el5 - system-config-samba-1.2.41-3.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Samba server configuration tool
  • Description: 
    system-config-samba is a graphical user interface for creating,
modifying, and deleting samba shares.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-1.el5 - system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-2.1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A graphical interface for modifying the system security level
  • Description: 
    system-config-securitylevel is a graphical user interface for
setting basic firewall rules.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
system-config-users-1.2.51-1.el5 - system-config-users-1.2.51-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A graphical interface for administering users and groups
  • Description: 
    system-config-users is a graphical utility for administrating
users and groups. It depends on the libuser library.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
systemtap-0.5.14-1.el5 - systemtap-0.7.2-2.el5
  • Group: Development/System
  • Summary: Instrumentation System
  • Description: 
    SystemTap is an instrumentation system for systems running Linux 2.6.
Developers can write instrumentation to collect data on the operation
of the system.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • /usr/bin/dvips
    • /usr/bin/latex
    • /usr/bin/ps2pdf
    • crash-devel
    • elfutils-devel >= 0.127
    • latex2html
    • zlib-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • dejagnu
    • glib2-devel >= 2.0.0
tcp_wrappers-7.6-40.4.el5 - tcp_wrappers-7.6-40.6.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: A security tool which acts as a wrapper for TCP daemons.
  • Description: 
    The tcp_wrappers package provides small daemon programs which can
monitor and filter incoming requests for systat, finger, FTP, telnet,
rlogin, rsh, exec, tftp, talk and other network services.

Install the tcp_wrappers program if you need a security tool for
filtering incoming network services requests.

This version also supports IPv6.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tcpdump-3.9.4-11.el5 - tcpdump-3.9.4-14.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: A network traffic monitoring tool.
  • Description: 
    Tcpdump is a command-line tool for monitoring network traffic.
Tcpdump can capture and display the packet headers on a particular
network interface or on all interfaces. Tcpdump can display all of
the packet headers, or just the ones that match particular criteria.

Install tcpdump if you need a program to monitor network traffic.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • /usr/sbin/sendmail
  • No removed dependencies
tcsh-6.14-12.el5 - tcsh-6.14-14.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Shells
  • Summary: An enhanced version of csh, the C shell.
  • Description: 
    Tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of csh, the C
shell. Tcsh is a command language interpreter which can be used both
as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor.
Tcsh includes a command line editor, programmable word completion,
spelling correction, a history mechanism, job control and a C language
like syntax.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
telnet-0.17-38.el5 - telnet-0.17-39.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: The client program for the telnet remote login protocol.
  • Description: 
    Telnet is a popular protocol for logging into remote systems over the
Internet. The telnet package provides a command line telnet client.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tetex-3.0-33.1.el5 - tetex-3.0-33.2.el5_1.2
  • Group: Applications/Publishing
  • Summary: The TeX text formatting system.
  • Description: 
    TeTeX is an implementation of TeX for Linux or UNIX systems. TeX takes
a text file and a set of formatting commands as input and creates a
typesetter-independent .dvi (DeVice Independent) file as output.
Usually, TeX is used in conjunction with a higher level formatting
package like LaTeX or PlainTeX, since TeX by itself is not very
user-friendly. The output format needn't to be DVI, but also PDF,
when using pdflatex or similar tools.

Install tetex if you want to use the TeX text formatting system. Consider
to install tetex-latex (a higher level formatting package which provides
an easier-to-use interface for TeX). Unless you are an expert at using TeX,
you should also install the tetex-doc package, which includes the
documentation for TeX.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tk-8.4.13-3.fc6 - tk-8.4.13-5.el5_1.1
  • Group: Development/Languages
  • Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language
  • Description: 
    When paired with the Tcl scripting language, Tk provides a fast and powerful
way to create cross-platform GUI applications.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.1 - tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.2
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A utility for removing files based on when they were last accessed.
  • Description: 
    The tmpwatch utility recursively searches through specified
directories and removes files which have not been accessed in a
specified period of time. Tmpwatch is normally used to clean up
directories which are used for temporarily holding files (for example,
/tmp). Tmpwatch ignores symlinks, won't switch filesystems and only
removes empty directories and regular files.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tog-pegasus-2.6.1-2.el5 - tog-pegasus-2.7.1-2.el5
  • Group: Systems Management/Base
  • Summary: OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux
  • Description: 
    OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux enables management solutions that deliver
increased control of enterprise resources. WBEM is a platform and resource
independent DMTF standard that defines a common information model and
communication protocol for monitoring and controlling resources from diverse
sources.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • net-snmp-devel
  • No removed dependencies
tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.3.0.2.el5 - tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.7.el5_2.1
  • Group: Networking/Daemons
  • Summary: Apache Servlet/JSP Engine, RI for Servlet 2.4/JSP 2.0 API
  • Description: 
    Tomcat is the servlet container that is used in the official Reference
Implementation for the Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages technologies.
The Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages specifications are developed by
Sun under the Java Community Process.

Tomcat is developed in an open and participatory environment and
released under the Apache Software License. Tomcat is intended to be
a collaboration of the best-of-breed developers from around the world.
We invite you to participate in this open development project. To
learn more about getting involved, click here.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
totem-2.16.7-1.el5 - totem-2.16.7-4.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: Movie player for GNOME 2
  • Description: 
    Totem is simple movie player for the Gnome desktop. It features a
simple playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well as
a pretty complete keyboard navigation.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • firefox-devel
traceroute-2.0.1-2.el5 - traceroute-2.0.1-5.el5
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Traces the route taken by packets over an IPv4/IPv6 network
  • Description: 
    The traceroute utility displays the route used by IP packets on their
way to a specified network (or Internet) host. Traceroute displays
the IP number and host name (if possible) of the machines along the
route taken by the packets. Traceroute is used as a network debugging
tool. If you're having network connectivity problems, traceroute will
show you where the trouble is coming from along the route.

Install traceroute if you need a tool for diagnosing network connectivity
problems.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
tzdata-2007d-1.el5 - tzdata-2008i-1.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Timezone data
  • Description: 
    This package contains data files with rules for various timezones around
the world.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
udev-095-14.9.el5 - udev-095-14.19.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A userspace implementation of devfs
  • Description: 
    The udev package contains an implementation of devfs in
userspace using sysfs and netlink.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
unzip-5.52-2.2.1 - unzip-5.52-3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Archiving
  • Summary: A utility for unpacking zip files.
  • Description: 
    The unzip utility is used to list, test, or extract files from a zip
archive. Zip archives are commonly found on MS-DOS systems. The zip
utility, included in the zip package, creates zip archives. Zip and
unzip are both compatible with archives created by PKWARE(R)'s PKZIP
for MS-DOS, but the programs' options and default behaviors do differ
in some respects.

Install the unzip package if you need to list, test or extract files from
a zip archive.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
usermode-1.88-3.el5 - usermode-1.88-3.el5.2
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: Tools for certain user account management tasks.
  • Description: 
    The usermode package contains the userhelper program, which can be
used to allow configured programs to be run with superuser privileges
by ordinary users.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
util-linux-2.13-0.45.el5 - util-linux-2.13-0.50.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: A collection of basic system utilities.
  • Description: 
    The util-linux package contains a large variety of low-level system
utilities that are necessary for a Linux system to function. Among
others, Util-linux contains the fdisk configuration tool and the login
program.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
vim-7.0.109-3.el5.3 - vim-7.0.109-4.el5_2.4z
  • Group: Applications/Editors
  • Summary: The VIM editor.
  • Description: 
    VIM (VIsual editor iMproved) is an updated and improved version of the
vi editor. Vi was the first real screen-based editor for UNIX, and is
still very popular. VIM improves on vi by adding new features:
multiple windows, multi-level undo, block highlighting and more.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
virt-manager-0.4.0-3.el5 - virt-manager-0.5.3-10.el5
  • Group: Applications/Emulators
  • Summary: Virtual Machine Manager
  • Description: 
    Virtual Machine Manager provides a graphical tool for administering
virtual machines such as Xen. It uses libvirt as the backend management
API.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
vixie-cron-4.1-72.el5 - vixie-cron-4.1-76.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: The Vixie cron daemon for executing specified programs at set times.
  • Description: 
    The vixie-cron package contains the Vixie version of cron. Cron is a
standard UNIX daemon that runs specified programs at scheduled times.
Vixie cron adds better security and more powerful configuration
options to the standard version of cron.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
vnc-4.1.2-9.el5 - vnc-4.1.2-14.el5
  • Group: User Interface/Desktops
  • Summary: A remote display system.
  • Description: 
    Virtual Network Computing (VNC) is a remote display system which
allows you to view a computing 'desktop' environment not only on the
machine where it is running, but from anywhere on the Internet and
from a wide variety of machine architectures. This package contains a
client which will allow you to connect to other desktops running a VNC
server.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • libselinux-devel
    • mesa-source
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • libdrm-devel
vsftpd-2.0.5-10.el5 - vsftpd-2.0.5-12.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: vsftpd - Very Secure Ftp Daemon
  • Description: 
    vsftpd is a Very Secure FTP daemon. It was written completely from
scratch.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
wireshark-0.99.6-1.el5 - wireshark-1.0.3-4.el5_2
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: Network traffic analyzer
  • Description: 
    Wireshark is a network traffic analyzer for Unix-ish operating systems.

This package lays base for libpcap, a packet capture and filtering
library, contains command-line utilities, contains plugins and
documentation for wireshark. A graphical user interface is packaged
separately to GTK+ package.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • bison
    • flex
    • libsmi-devel
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • net-snmp-devel >= 5.3
    • net-snmp-utils >= 5.3
words-3.0-9 - words-3.0-9.1
  • Group: System Environment/Libraries
  • Summary: A dictionary of English words for the /usr/share/dict directory.
  • Description: 
    The words file is a dictionary of English words for the
/usr/share/dict directory. Some programs use this database of
words to check spelling. Password checkers use it to look for bad
passwords.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
wpa_supplicant-0.4.8-10.1.fc6 - wpa_supplicant-0.5.10-8.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: WPA/WPA2/IEEE 802.1X Supplicant
  • Description: 
    wpa_supplicant is a WPA Supplicant for Linux, BSD and Windows with support
for WPA and WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i / RSN). Supplicant is the IEEE 802.1X/WPA
component that is used in the client stations. It implements key negotiation
with a WPA Authenticator and it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11
authentication/association of the wlan driver.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • dbus-devel
  • No removed dependencies
x3270-3.3.4p7-3.el5.1 - x3270-3.3.4p7-3.el5.4
  • Group: Applications/Internet
  • Summary: An X Window System based IBM 3278/3279 terminal emulator
  • Description: 
    The x3270 package contains files needed for emulating the IBM 3278/3279
terminals, commonly used with mainframe applications.

You will also need to install a frontend for x3270. Available frontends
are x3270-x11 (for the X Window System) and x3270-text (for text mode).
  • Added Dependencies:
    • /usr/bin/makeconv
    • libicu-devel
  • No removed dependencies
xen-3.0.3-41.el5 - xen-3.0.3-80.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: Xen is a virtual machine monitor
  • Description: 
    This package contains the Xen tools and management daemons needed
to run virtual machines on x86, x86_64, and ia64 systems.
Information on how to use Xen can be found at the Xen project pages.

The Xen system also requires the Xen hypervisor and domain-0
kernel, which can be found in the kernel-xen* package.

Virtualization can be used to run multiple operating systems on one
physical system, for purposes of hardware consolidation, hardware
abstraction, or to test untrusted applications in a sandboxed
environment.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xfig-3.2.4-21.2.el5 - xfig-3.2.4-21.3.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: An X Window System tool for drawing basic vector graphics.
  • Description: 
    Xfig is an X Window System tool for creating basic vector graphics,
including bezier curves, lines, rulers and more. The resulting
graphics can be saved, printed on PostScript printers or converted to
a variety of other formats (e.g., X11 bitmaps, Encapsulated
PostScript, LaTeX).

You should install xfig if you need a simple program to create vector
graphics.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.2.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.22.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 ati video driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 ati video driver.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • autoconf
    • automake
    • libtool
    • xorg-x11-server-randr-source >= 1.1.1-48.52.el5
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.21.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 i810 video driver(s)
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 i810 video driver.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • xorg-x11-server-randr-source >= 1.1.1-48.46.el5
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-2.1 - xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-3
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 keyboard input driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 keyboard input driver.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4.2-6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4.2-10.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 mga video driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 mga video driver.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-2 - xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-3
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 mutouch input driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 mutouch input driver.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.2-1.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.12-3.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 nv video driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 nv video driver.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • xorg-x11-server-randr-source >= 1.1.1-48.46.el5
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7 - xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7.1.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
  • Summary: Xorg X11 sis video driver
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 sis video driver.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-48.26.el5 - xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-48.52.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: X.Org X11 X server
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 X server
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-13.el5 - xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-15.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts
  • Description: 
    X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xsane-0.991-4.el5 - xsane-0.991-5.el5
  • Group: Applications/Multimedia
  • Summary: An X Window System front-end for the SANE scanner interface.
  • Description: 
    XSane is an X based interface for the SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy)
library, which provides access to scanners, digital cameras, and other
capture devices. XSane is written in GTK+ and provides control for
performing the scan and then manipulating the captured image.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
xterm-215-5.el5 - xterm-215-8.el5
  • Group: User Interface/X
  • Summary: xterm terminal emulator for the X Window System
  • Description: 
    The xterm program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System. It
provides DEC VT102 and Tektronix 4014 compatible terminals for
programs that can't use the window system directly.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
yaboot-1.3.13-5.el5 - yaboot-1.3.13-7.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: Linux bootloader for Power Macintosh "New World" computers.
  • Description: 
    yaboot is a bootloader for PowerPC machines which works on New World ROM
machines (Rev. A iMac and newer) and runs directly from Open Firmware,
eliminating the need for Mac OS.
yaboot can also bootload IBM pSeries machines.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • e2fsprogs-devel
  • No removed dependencies
yelp-2.16.0-15.el5 - yelp-2.16.0-22.el5
  • Group: Applications/System
  • Summary: A system documentation reader from the Gnome project
  • Description: 
    Yelp is the Gnome 2 help/documentation browser. It is designed
to help you browse all the documentation on your system in
one central tool.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9
  • Removed Dependencies:
    • gecko-devel >= 1.8.0.12
ypbind-1.19-8.el5 - ypbind-1.19-11.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The NIS daemon which binds NIS clients to an NIS domain.
  • Description: 
    The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides
network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group
information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users
to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has
the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in
the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages
(YP).

This package provides the ypbind daemon. The ypbind daemon binds NIS
clients to an NIS domain. Ypbind must be running on any machines
running NIS client programs.

Install the ypbind package on any machines running NIS client programs
(included in the yp-tools package). If you need an NIS server, you
also need to install the ypserv package to a machine on your network.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
ypserv-2.19-3 - ypserv-2.19-5.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Daemons
  • Summary: The NIS (Network Information Service) server.
  • Description: 
    The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides
network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group
information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users
to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has
the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in
the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages
(YP).

This package provides the NIS server, which will need to be running on
your network. NIS clients do not need to be running the server.

Install ypserv if you need an NIS server for your network. You also
need to install the yp-tools and ypbind packages on any NIS client
machines.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
yum-3.0.1-5.el5 - yum-3.2.19-18.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: RPM installer/updater
  • Description: 
    Yum is a utility that can check for and automatically download and
install updated RPM packages. Dependencies are obtained and downloaded
automatically prompting the user as necessary.
  • Added Dependencies:
    • intltool
  • No removed dependencies
yum-metadata-parser-1.0-8.fc6 - yum-metadata-parser-1.1.2-2.el5
  • Group: Development/Libraries
  • Summary: A fast metadata parser for yum
  • Description: 
    Fast metadata parser for yum implemented in C.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.2-3.el5 - yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.3-30.el5
  • Group: System Environment/Base
  • Summary: RHN support for yum
  • Description: 
    This yum plugin provides support for yum to access a Red Hat Network server for
software updates.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
yum-utils-1.0.4-3.el5 - yum-utils-1.1.16-13.el5
  • Group: Development/Tools
  • Summary: Utilities based around the yum package manager
  • Description: 
    yum-utils is a collection of utilities and examples for the yum package
manager. It includes utilities by different authors that make yum easier and
more powerful to use. These tools include: debuginfo-install, package-cleanup,
repoclosure, repodiff, repo-graph, repomanage, repoquery, repo-rss, reposync,
repotrack, verifytree, yum-builddep, yum-complete-transaction, yumdownloader,
yum-debug-dump and yum-groups-manager.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies
zip-2.31-1.2.2 - zip-2.31-2.el5
  • Group: Applications/Archiving
  • Summary: A file compression and packaging utility compatible with PKZIP.
  • Description: 
    The zip program is a compression and file packaging utility. Zip is
analogous to a combination of the UNIX tar and compress commands and
is compatible with PKZIP (a compression and file packaging utility for
MS-DOS systems).

Install the zip package if you need to compress files using the zip
program.
  • No added dependencies
  • No removed dependencies

13. Configuration Changes From Previous Release 

			iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/iscsid
---  
+++  
@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@
 
 	echo -n $"Stopping iSCSI daemon: "
 
-	# iscsid does not have a nice shutdown process.
-	# It really should never be stopped
-	pkill -KILL iscsid
+	iscsiadm -k 0
 	echo
 
 	modprobe -r ib_iser 2>/dev/null
ypbind-1.19-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ypbind
---  
+++  
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
         [ -x /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled ] && /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled || return
 	allow_ypbind=0
 	.  /etc/selinux/config
-	if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules1/active/booleans.local ]; then
+	if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local ]; then
 		. /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local
 	fi
 	if [ $allow_ypbind == 0 ]; then
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
 	   if [ -n "$NISDOMAIN" ]; then
 		action $"Setting NIS domain name $NISDOMAIN: " domainname $NISDOMAIN
 	   else
+		action $"Error: NIS domain name is not set." false
 	        exit 1
 	   fi
 	fi
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
 	  fi
 	fi
 	echo
-       	selinux_off
+       	#selinux_off
 	return $RETVAL
 }
 
udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/modules/udev-stw.modules
---  
+++  
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-for i in nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac;do
+MODULES="nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac"
+[ -f /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw ] && . /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw
+for i in $MODULES ; do
         modprobe $i >/dev/null 2>&1
 done
dhcp-3.0.5-13.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd
---  
+++  
@@ -62,6 +62,11 @@
     [ -f $conf ] || return 6
     $dhcpd -q -t -cf $conf
     RETVAL=$?
+    if [ $RETVAL -eq 1 ]; then
+        $dhcpd -t -cf $conf
+    else
+        echo "Syntax: OK" >&2
+    fi
     return $RETVAL
 }
 
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netconsole
---  
+++  
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 	SYSLOGOPTS="netconsole=$LOCALPORT@$LOCALADDR/$DEV,$SYSLOGPORT@$SYSLOGADDR/$SYSLOGMACADDR "
 
-	logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with arguments \
+	/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with arguments \
 	$SYSLOGOPTS
 	if [ -n "$SYSLOGOPTS" ]; then
 		action $"Initializing netconsole" modprobe netconsole \
bind-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/named
---  
+++  
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
         fi
 	[ "$RETVAL" -eq 0 ] && success $"$named reload" || failure $"$named reload"
         echo
-	return $?
+	return $RETVAL
 }
 probe() {
 	# named knows how to reload intelligently; we don't want linuxconf
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ippp
---  
+++  
@@ -30,20 +30,20 @@
 # check that ipppd is available for syncppp 
 if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then
     if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/ipppd -a ! -x /sbin/ipppd ] ; then
-        logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is not executable"
+        /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is not executable"
         exit 1
     fi
 fi
 
 # check that isdnctrl is available
 if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/isdnctrl -a ! -x /sbin/isdnctrl ] ; then
-    logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is not executable"
+    /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is not executable"
     exit 1
 fi
 
 # check all ISDN devices
 if ! isdnctrl list all >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-    logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices"
+    /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices"
     exit 1
 fi
 		
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@
 
 function log_echo()
 {
-    logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*"
+    /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*"
 }
 
 function log_isdnctrl()
 {
-    logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $*
+    /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $*
     isdnctrl $* >/dev/null 2>&1 || exit 1
 }
 
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
     [ -n "$NETMASK" ] && netmask="netmask $NETMASK"
 
     # activate ISDN device
-    logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up"
+    /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up"
     ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up >/dev/null 2>&1
 
     if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then
         # start ipppd daemon
-        logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask"
+        /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask"
         ipppd $options $netmask >/dev/null 2>&1
 
         # start ibod daemon
lynx-2.8.5-28.1.i386.rpm: /etc/lynx.cfg
---  
+++  
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@
 # ====
 # Do not define this.
 #
-#TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none
+TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none
 
 
 .h2 LYNXCGI_ENVIRONMENT
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcgssd
---  
+++  
@@ -28,19 +28,23 @@
 case "$1" in
   start|condstart)
 	# Check that networking is up.
-	[ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
+	[ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 	[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.gssd ] && exit 5
-
-	# List of kernel modules to load
-	[ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
 
 	# Make sure the daemon is not already running.
 	if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
 		exit 0
 	fi
+
+	# During condstart need to check again to see
+	# if we are configured to start
+	[ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
+
 	rm -f $LOCKFILE
+	echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: "
 
-	echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: "
+	# List of kernel modules to load
+	[ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
 
 	# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available
 	[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && {
dovecot-1.0.7-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dovecot
---  
+++  
@@ -7,27 +7,61 @@
 # chkconfig: - 65 35
 # description: Dovecot Imap Server
 # processname: dovecot
+# config: /etc/dovecot.conf
+# config: /etc/sysconfig/dovecot
+# pidfile: /var/run/dovecot/master.pid
+
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: dovecot
+# Required-Start: $local_fs $network
+# Required-Stop: $local_fs $network
+# Should-Start: $remote_fs
+# Should-Stop: $remote_fs
+# Default-Start: 
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
+# Short-Description: start and stop Dovecot Imap server
+# Description: Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems,
+#              written with security primarily in mind.  It also contains
+#              a small POP3 server.
+### END INIT INFO
+
 # Source function library.
 . /etc/init.d/functions
 
-test -x /usr/sbin/dovecot || exit 0
+if [ -f /etc/sysconfig/dovecot ]; then
+    . /etc/sysconfig/dovecot
+fi
 
 RETVAL=0
 prog="Dovecot Imap"
+exec="/usr/sbin/dovecot"
+config="/etc/dovecot.conf"
+pidfile="/var/run/dovecot/master.pid"
+lockfile="/var/lock/subsys/dovecot"
 
 start() {
+	[ -x $exec ] || exit 5
+	[ -f $config ] || exit 6
+
         echo -n $"Starting $prog: "
-	daemon /usr/sbin/dovecot
+	daemon --pidfile $pidfile $exec $OPTIONS
 	RETVAL=$?
-	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/dovecot
+	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch  $lockfile
 	echo
 }
 
 stop() {
 	echo -n $"Stopping $prog: "
-	killproc /usr/sbin/dovecot
+	killproc -p $pidfile $exec
 	RETVAL=$?
-	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot
+	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f $lockfile
+	echo
+}
+
+reload() {
+	echo -n $"Reloading $prog: "
+	killproc -p $pidfile $exec -HUP
+	RETVAL=$?
 	echo
 }
 
@@ -41,24 +75,27 @@
   stop)
 	stop
 	;;
-  reload|restart)
+  reload)
+	reload
+	;;
+  force-reload|restart)
 	stop
 	start
 	RETVAL=$?
 	;;
-  condrestart)
-	if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot ]; then
+  condrestart|try-restart)
+	if [ -f $lockfile ]; then
 	    stop
 	    start
 	fi
 	;;
   status)
-	status /usr/sbin/dovecot
+	status -p $pidfile $exec
 	RETVAL=$?
 	;;
   *)
-	echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|start|stop|restart|reload|status}"
-	exit 1
+	echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|try-restart|start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|status}"
+	exit 2
 esac
 
 exit $RETVAL
device-mapper-multipath-0.4.7-17.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/multipathd
---  
+++  
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 #
 # Starts the multipath daemon
 #
-# chkconfig: - 13 87
+# chkconfig: - 06 87
 # description: Manage device-mapper multipath devices
 # processname: multipathd
 
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 initdir=/etc/rc.d/init.d
 lockdir=/var/lock/subsys
 sysconfig=/etc/sysconfig
+syspath=/sys/block
 
  
 system=redhat
@@ -25,6 +26,35 @@
 test -r $sysconfig/$prog && . $sysconfig/$prog
 
 RETVAL=0
+
+teardown_slaves()
+{
+cd $1; 
+if [ -d "slaves" ]; then
+for slave in slaves/*;
+do
+	if [ "$slave" = "slaves/*" ]; then
+		read dev <  $1/dev
+		tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/\(.*\): .* $dev .*/\1/p"`
+		if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then
+			echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped"
+			exit 1
+		fi
+	else
+		local_slave=`readlink -f $slave`;
+		teardown_slaves $local_slave;
+	fi
+	done
+		
+else
+		read dev <  $1/dev
+		tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/\(.*\): .* $dev .*/\1/p"`
+		if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then
+			echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped"
+			exit 1
+		fi
+fi
+}
 
 #
 # See how we were called.
@@ -40,6 +70,11 @@
 }
 
 stop() {
+        root_dev=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $1; }}' /etc/mtab)
+	dm_num=`dmsetup info -c --noheadings -o minor $root_dev`
+	root_dm_device="dm-$dm_num"
+	[ -d $syspath/$root_dm_device ] && teardown_slaves $syspath/$root_dm_device
+
 	echo -n $"Stopping $prog daemon: "
 	killproc $DAEMON
 	RETVAL=$?
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/S01reboot
---  
+++  
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
 
 NOLOCALE=1
 . /etc/init.d/functions
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
+[ ! -w /etc ] && UMOUNT="umount -n"
 
 action() {
    echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
 # Try to unmount tmpfs filesystems to avoid swapping them in.  Ignore failures.
 tmpfs=$(awk '$2 ~ /^\/($|proc|dev)/ { next; }
 	     $3 == "tmpfs" { print $2; }' /proc/mounts | sort -r)
-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
+[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode $UMOUNT $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
 
 # Turn off swap, then unmount file systems.
 [ -f /proc/swaps ] && SWAPS=`awk '! /^Filename/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps`
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
 	    backdev=$(/sbin/cryptsetup status "$dst" \
 		| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
 	    /sbin/cryptsetup remove "$dst"
-	    # Leave partition with a blank plain-text swap
-	    mkswap "$backdev" > /dev/null
 	fi
     done
 fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
 	$"Unmounting file systems (retry): " \
 	-f
 
-[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && umount /proc/bus/usb
+[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && $UMOUNT /proc/bus/usb
 
 [ -f /etc/crypttab ] && \
     LANG=C action $"Stopping disk encryption: " halt_crypto
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
 awk '$2 !~ /\/(|dev|proc|selinux)$/ && $1 !~ /^\/dev\/ram/ { print $2 }' \
     /proc/mounts | sort -r | \
   while read line; do
-    fstab-decode umount -f $line
+    fstab-decode $UMOUNT -f $line
 done
 
 if [ -x /sbin/halt.local ]; then
alsa-lib-1.0.14-1.rc4.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/alsa/alsa.conf
---  
+++  
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 defaults.pcm.ipc_perm 0600
 defaults.pcm.dmix.max_periods 0
 defaults.pcm.dmix.rate 48000
-defaults.pcm.dmix.format S16_LE
+defaults.pcm.dmix.format "unchanged"
 defaults.pcm.dmix.card defaults.pcm.card
 defaults.pcm.dmix.device defaults.pcm.device
 defaults.pcm.dsnoop.card defaults.pcm.card
@@ -94,6 +94,9 @@
 defaults.pcm.iec958.device defaults.pcm.device
 defaults.pcm.modem.card defaults.pcm.card
 defaults.pcm.modem.device defaults.pcm.device
+# truncate files via file or tee PCM
+defaults.pcm.file_format	"raw"
+defaults.pcm.file_truncate	true
 defaults.rawmidi.card 0
 defaults.rawmidi.device 0
 defaults.rawmidi.subdevice -1
@@ -124,6 +127,7 @@
 pcm.surround71 cards.pcm.surround71
 pcm.iec958 cards.pcm.iec958
 pcm.spdif iec958
+pcm.hdmi cards.pcm.hdmi
 pcm.dmix cards.pcm.dmix
 pcm.dsnoop cards.pcm.dsnoop
 pcm.modem cards.pcm.modem
@@ -262,12 +266,19 @@
 	}
 	@args.FORMAT {
 		type string
-		default raw
+		default {
+			@func refer
+			name defaults.pcm.file_format
+		}
 	}
 	type file
 	slave.pcm $SLAVE
 	file $FILE
 	format $FORMAT
+	truncate {
+		@func refer
+		name defaults.pcm.file_truncate
+	}
 }
 
 pcm.file {
@@ -277,12 +288,19 @@
 	}
 	@args.FORMAT {
 		type string
-		default raw
+		default {
+			@func refer
+			name defaults.pcm.file_format
+		}
 	}
 	type file
 	slave.pcm null
 	file $FILE
 	format $FORMAT
+	truncate {
+		@func refer
+		name defaults.pcm.file_truncate
+	}
 }
 
 pcm.null {
@@ -316,7 +334,7 @@
 }
 
 ctl.hw {
-	@args[ CARD ]
+	@args [ CARD ]
 	@args.CARD {
 		type string
 		default {
caching-nameserver-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf
---  
+++  
@@ -18,8 +18,12 @@
 	dump-file 	"/var/named/data/cache_dump.db";
         statistics-file "/var/named/data/named_stats.txt";
         memstatistics-file "/var/named/data/named_mem_stats.txt";
-	query-source    port 53;	
-	query-source-v6 port 53;
+
+	// Those options should be used carefully because they disable port
+	// randomization
+	// query-source    port 53;	
+	// query-source-v6 port 53;
+
 	allow-query     { localhost; };
 };
 logging {
kexec-tools-1.102pre-21.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/kdump
---  
+++  
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 KDUMP_KERNELVER=""
 KDUMP_INITRDEXT=""
 KDUMP_COMMANDLINE=""
+KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE=""
 KEXEC_ARGS=""
 KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE="/etc/kdump.conf"
 
@@ -107,8 +108,15 @@
 	#check to see if config file or kdump post has been modified
 	#since last build of the image file
 	image_time=`stat -c "%Y" $kdump_initrd`
-	KDUMP_POST=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\  -f2`
-	files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $KDUMP_POST"
+	EXTRA_FILES=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\  -f2`
+	CHECK_FILE=`grep ^kdump_pre $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\  -f2`
+	EXTRA_FILES="$EXTRA_FILES $CHECK_FILE"
+	CHECK_FILE=`grep ^extra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\  -f2-`
+	EXTRA_FILES="$EXTRA_FILES $CHECK_FILE"
+	CHECK_FILE=`grep ^extra_bins $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\  -f2-`
+	EXTRA_FILES="$EXTRA_FILES $CHECK_FILE"
+	FORCE_REBUILD=`grep ^extra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE`
+	files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $EXTRA_FILES"
 	modified_files=""
 	for file in $files; do
 		time_stamp=0
@@ -123,9 +131,17 @@
 		fi
 	done
 
-	if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files" != " " ]; then
-		echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):"
-		echo -n "  "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n  /g'
+	if [ -n "$FORCE_REBUILD" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ]
+	then
+		modified_files="force_rebuild"
+	fi
+
+	if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ]; then
+		if [ "$modified_files" != "force_rebuild" ]
+		then
+			echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):"
+			echo -n "  "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n  /g'
+		fi
 		echo "Rebuilding $kdump_initrd"
 		/sbin/mkdumprd -d -f $kdump_initrd $kdump_kver
 		if [ $? != 0 ]; then
@@ -174,6 +190,33 @@
 		return 1
 	fi
 	return 0
+}
+
+function avoid_cdrom_drive()
+{
+	local DRIVE=""
+	local MEDIA=""
+	local IDE_DRIVES=(`echo hd{a,b,c,d}`)
+	local COUNTER="0"
+
+	for DRIVE in ${IDE_DRIVES[@]}
+	do
+		if ! $(echo "$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" |grep -q "$DRIVE=");then
+			if [ -f /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media ];then
+				MEDIA=$(cat /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media)
+				if [ x"$MEDIA" == x"cdrom" ]; then
+					KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE $DRIVE=cdrom"
+					COUNTER=$(($COUNTER+1))
+				fi
+			fi
+		else
+			KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE $DRIVE=noprobe"
+		fi
+	done
+	# We don't find cdrom drive.
+	if [ $COUNTER -eq 0 ]; then
+		KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE=""
+	fi
 }
 
 # Load the kdump kerel specified in /etc/sysconfig/kdump
@@ -226,6 +269,8 @@
 
 	KDUMP_COMMANDLINE=`echo $KDUMP_COMMANDLINE | sed -e 's/crashkernel=[0-9]\+[MmKkGg]@[0-9]\+[MmGgKk]//'`
 	KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE_APPEND}"
+	avoid_cdrom_drive
+	KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE}"
 
 	KEXEC_OUTPUT=`$KEXEC $KEXEC_ARGS $standard_kexec_args \
 		--command-line="$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" \
@@ -364,13 +409,7 @@
 
 function do_final_action()
 {
-	FINAL_ACTION=`grep default $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | grep -vm1 ^\# \
-			| cut -d\  -f2`
-	if [[ $FINAL_ACTION != "halt" ]]; then
-		FINAL_ACTION="reboot"
-	fi
-
-	$FINAL_ACTION
+	reboot
 }
 
 case "$1" in
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/network
---  
+++  
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
   stop)
   	# Don't shut the network down if root is on NFS or a network
 	# block device.
-        rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $3; }}' /etc/mtab)
+        rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/" && $3 != "rootfs") { print $3; }}' /proc/mounts)
         rootopts=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $4; }}' /etc/mtab)
 	
 	if [[ "$rootfs" =~ "^nfs" ]] || [[ "$rootopts" =~ "_netdev|_rnetdev" ]] ; then
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcidmapd
---  
+++  
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 case "$1" in
   start|condstart)
 	# Check that networking is up.
-	[ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
+	[ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 
 	[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.idmapd ] && exit 5
 
@@ -32,6 +32,11 @@
 	[ "$1" = "condstart" -a -n "`pidofproc $prog`" ] && {
 		killproc $prog "-SIGHUP" > /dev/null
 		exit 0
+	}
+	[ "$1" = "start" ] && {	
+		if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
+			exit 0
+		fi
 	}
 	rm -f $LOCKFILE
 
@@ -55,8 +60,6 @@
 			}
 		}
 	}
-
-	# Make sure the mount worked.
 
 	# Start daemon.
 	daemon $prog ${RPCIDMAPDARGS}
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-sl
---  
+++  
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 [ -x /usr/sbin/dip ] || {
   echo $"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable"
   echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting"
-  logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+  /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
     $"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable for $DEVICE"
   exit 1
 }
@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@
 [ -f $DIPSCRIPT ] || {
   echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist"
   echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting"
-  logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+  /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
     $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist for $DEVICE"
   exit 1
 }
 
 while : ; do
   echo > /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev
-  (logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+  (/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
     $"dip started for $DEVICE on $MODEMPORT at $LINESPEED" &)&
   doexec /usr/sbin/dip dip-$DEVICE $DIPSCRIPT
   if [ "$PERSIST" != "yes" -o ! -f /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev ] ; then
ypserv-2.19-3.i386.rpm: /var/yp/Makefile
---  
+++  
@@ -98,10 +98,18 @@
 YPSERVERS = $(YPDIR)/ypservers	# List of all NIS servers for a domain
 
 target: Makefile
+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), (none))
+	@echo "Domain name cannot be (none)"
+else
+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), )
+	@echo "Domain name must be set"
+else
 	@test ! -d $(LOCALDOMAIN) && mkdir $(LOCALDOMAIN) ; \
 	cd $(LOCALDOMAIN)  ; \
 	$(NOPUSH) || $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile ypservers; \
 	$(MAKE) -f ../Makefile all
+endif
+endif
 
 # If you don't want some of these maps built, feel free to comment
 # them out from this list.
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs
---  
+++  
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@
 # See how we were called.
 case "$1" in
   start)
+	# Let udev handle any backlog before trying to mount file systems
+	/sbin/udevsettle --timeout=30
         [ -n "$NFSFSTAB" ] && 
 	  {
 	    [ ! -f /var/lock/subsys/portmap ] && service portmap start
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcsvcgssd
---  
+++  
@@ -27,12 +27,9 @@
 case "$1" in
   start|condstart)
 	# Check that networking is up.
-	[ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
+	[ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 	[ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 	[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && exit 5
-
-	# List of kernel modules to load
-	[ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
 
 	# Make sure the daemon is not already running.
 	if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
@@ -41,6 +38,9 @@
 	rm -f $LOCKFILE
 
 	echo -n $"Starting RPC svcgssd: "
+	# List of kernel modules to load
+	[ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
+
 
 	# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available
 	[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && {
openldap-servers-2.3.27-8.el5_1.3.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ldap
---  
+++  
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 
 # Source an auxiliary options file if we have one, and pick up OPTIONS,
 # SLAPD_OPTIONS, SLURPD_OPTIONS, SLAPD_LDAPS, SLAPD_LDAPI, and maybe
-# KRB5_KTNAME.
+# KRB5_KTNAME and SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME.
 if [ -r /etc/sysconfig/ldap ] ; then
 	. /etc/sysconfig/ldap
 fi
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 		echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo
 	fi
 	# Unaccessible TLS configuration files.
-	tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep '^(TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:space:]]' /etc/openldap/slapd.conf | awk '{print $2}'`
+	tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep '^(TLS_CACERT|TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:space:]]' /etc/openldap/slapd.conf /etc/openldap/ldap.conf | awk '{print $2}'`
 	for file in $tlsconfigs ; do
 		if ! testasuser $user -r $file ; then
 			echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo
@@ -167,6 +167,9 @@
 	    if grep -q "^replogfile" /etc/openldap/slapd.conf; then
 		prog=`basename ${slurpd}`
 		echo -n $"Starting $prog: "
+		if [ -n "$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME" ]; then
+			export KRB5CCNAME="$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME";
+		fi
 		daemon ${slurpd} $OPTIONS $SLURPD_OPTIONS
 		RETVAL=$?
 		echo
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit
---  
+++  
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 	skip=""
 	# Parse the src field for UUID= and convert to real device names
 	if [ "${src%%=*}" == "UUID" ]; then
-		src=`/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -o device|(read oneline;echo $oneline)`
+		src=$(/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -l -o device)
 	elif [ "${src/^\/dev\/disk\/by-uuid\/}" != "$src" ]; then
 		src=$(__readlink $src)
 	fi
@@ -458,6 +458,13 @@
 	fi
 fi
 
+if [ -f /etc/crypttab ]; then
+	s=$"Starting disk encryption:"
+	echo "$s"
+	init_crypto 0 && success "$s" || failure "$s"
+	echo
+fi
+
 if [ -f /fastboot ] || strstr "$cmdline" fastboot ; then
 	fastboot=yes
 fi
@@ -533,7 +540,7 @@
 	mountopts=
 
 	# Scan partitions for local scratch storage
-	rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit }')
+	rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -l -o device)
 
 	# First try to mount scratch storage from /etc/fstab, then any
 	# partition with the proper label.  If either succeeds, be sure
@@ -590,12 +597,12 @@
 
 	# First try to mount persistent data from /etc/fstab, then any
 	# partition with the proper label, then fallback to NFS
-	state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit }')
-	if mount $mountopts "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -l -o device)
+	if mount $mountopts $STATE_OPTIONS "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
 		/bin/true
 	elif [ x$state_mount_dev != x ] && mount $state_mount_dev $mountopts "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1;  then
 		/bin/true
-	elif [ -n "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then
+	elif [ ! -z "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then
 		# No local storage was found.  Make a final attempt to find 
 		# state on an NFS server.
 
@@ -730,23 +737,29 @@
    restorecon /etc/mtab /etc/ld.so.cache /etc/blkid/blkid.tab /etc/resolv.conf >/dev/null 2>&1
 fi
 
-# Clear mtab
-(> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null
-
-# Remove stale backups
-rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~
-
-# Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab
-mount -f /
-mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1
+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then
+	# Clear mtab
+	(> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null
+
+	# Remove stale backups
+	rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~
+
+	# Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab
+	mount -f /
+	mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1
+	mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1
+	mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1
+	mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1
+fi
 
 # Mount all other filesystems (except for NFS and /proc, which is already
 # mounted). Contrary to standard usage,
 # filesystems are NOT unmounted in single user mode.
-action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev
+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then
+	action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev
+else
+	action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -n -t nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev
+fi
 
 if [ -x /sbin/quotaon ]; then
     action $"Enabling local filesystem quotas: " /sbin/quotaon -aug
@@ -898,7 +911,7 @@
 action $"Enabling /etc/fstab swaps: " swapon -a -e
 if [ "$AUTOSWAP" = "yes" ]; then
 	curswap=$(awk '/^\/dev/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps | while read x; do get_numeric_dev dec $x ; echo -n " "; done)
-	swappartitions=`blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device`
+	swappartitions=$(blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device)
 	if [ x"$swappartitions" != x ]; then
 		for partition in $swappartitions ; do
 			[ ! -e $partition ] && continue
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-sl
---  
+++  
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
 kill -KILL $PID > /dev/null 2>&1
 if [ -d /proc/$PID ]; then
-  logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd-$DEVICE" &
+  /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd-$DEVICE" &
 else
   /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-post $1
 fi
NetworkManager-0.6.4-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/NetworkManager
---  
+++  
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 #
 # chkconfig: - 98 02
 # description:  This is a daemon for automatically switching network \
-#               connections to the best available connection. \
+#               connections to the best available connection.
 #
 # processname: NetworkManager
 # pidfile: /var/run/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.pid
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
 # Sanity checks.
 [ -x $NETWORKMANAGER_BIN ] || exit 1
 
-# We need /sbin/ip
-[ -x /sbin/ip ] || exit 1
-
 # Source function library.
 . /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
+
+# Source network configuration
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
 
 # so we can rearrange this easily
 processname=NetworkManager
@@ -34,17 +34,23 @@
 
 start()
 {
-	echo $"Setting network parameters... "
+	echo -n $"Setting network parameters... "
 	sysctl -e -p /etc/sysctl.conf >/dev/null 2>&1
-
-	if [ ! -e /var/lock/subsys/dhcdbd ]; then
-		service dhcdbd start
-	fi
+	success
+	echo
 
 	echo -n $"Starting NetworkManager daemon: "
-	daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile
+	daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile --ppp-dns-workaround
 	RETVAL=$?
 	echo
+	if [ -n "${NETWORKWAIT}" ]; then 
+		[ -z "${LINKDELAY}" ] && LINKDELAY=10
+		echo -n $"Waiting for network..."
+		nm-online -q --timeout=$LINKDELAY || nm-online -q -x --timeout=30
+		[ "$?" = "0" ] && success "network startup" || failure "network startup"
+		echo
+		[ -n "${NETWORKDELAY}" ] && /bin/sleep ${NETWORKDELAY}
+	fi
 	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/$servicename
 }
 
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions-ipv6
---  
+++  
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
 		;;
 	    'syslog')
 		# note: logger resides in /usr/bin, but not used by default
-		if ! [ -x logger ]; then
+		if ! [ -x /usr/bin/logger ]; then
 			echo $"ERROR: [ipv6_log] Syslog is chosen, but binary 'logger' doesn't exist or isn't executable" >/dev/stderr
 			return 3
 		fi
 		if [ -z "$txt_name" ]; then
-			logger -p $facility.$priority $message
+			/usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority $message
 		else
-			logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message"
+			/usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message"
 		fi
 		;;
 	    *)
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs
---  
+++  
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
 # Check for and source configuration file otherwise set defaults
 [ -f /etc/sysconfig/nfs ] && . /etc/sysconfig/nfs
 
+# Remote quota server
+[ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad`
+
 RETVAL=0
 
 # See how we were called.
@@ -26,11 +29,16 @@
   start)
 
 	# Check that networking is up.
-	[ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
+	[ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 
 	[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.nfsd ] || exit 5
 	[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.mountd ] || exit 5
 	[ -x /usr/sbin/exportfs ] || exit 5
+
+	# Make sure the rpc.mountd is not already running.
+	if status rpc.mountd > /dev/null ; then
+		exit 0
+	fi
 
 	# Don't fail if /etc/exports doesn't exist; create a bare-bones 
 	# version and continue.
@@ -42,9 +50,6 @@
 
 	# Number of servers to be started by default
 	[ -z "$RPCNFSDCOUNT" ] && RPCNFSDCOUNT=8
-
-	# Remote quota server
-	[ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad`
 
 	# Start daemons.
 	[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && /sbin/service rpcsvcgssd start
@@ -67,6 +72,12 @@
 		RETVAL=$?
 	    echo
 	fi
+
+	# Load preload module so arguments to rpc.nfsd will take effect
+	[ -n "$RPCNFSDARGS" -a "$NFSD_MODULE" != "noload" ] && {
+		[ -x /sbin/modprobe ] && /sbin/modprobe nfsd
+	}
+
 	echo -n $"Starting NFS daemon: "
 	daemon rpc.nfsd $RPCNFSDARGS $RPCNFSDCOUNT
 	RETVAL=$?
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions
---  
+++  
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 get_config_by_subchannel ()
 {
-    LANG=C grep -il "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=${1}\([[:space:]#]\|$\|,\)" /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \
+    LANG=C egrep -i -l  "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=([0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0-9]+,){0,2}${1}(,[0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0-9]+){0,2}([[:space:]]+#|[[:space:]]*$)" /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \
 	| LC_ALL=C sed -e "$__sed_discard_ignored_files"
 }
 
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
     (echo "$s" > /etc/resolv.conf;) >/dev/null 2>&1;
     r=$?
     if [ $r -eq 0 ]; then
-	logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf";
+	/usr/bin/logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf";
 	[ -e /var/lock/subsys/nscd ] && /usr/sbin/nscd -i hosts; # invalidate cache
     fi;
     return $r;
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/S01halt
---  
+++  
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
 
 NOLOCALE=1
 . /etc/init.d/functions
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
+[ ! -w /etc ] && UMOUNT="umount -n"
 
 action() {
    echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
 # Try to unmount tmpfs filesystems to avoid swapping them in.  Ignore failures.
 tmpfs=$(awk '$2 ~ /^\/($|proc|dev)/ { next; }
 	     $3 == "tmpfs" { print $2; }' /proc/mounts | sort -r)
-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
+[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode $UMOUNT $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
 
 # Turn off swap, then unmount file systems.
 [ -f /proc/swaps ] && SWAPS=`awk '! /^Filename/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps`
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
 	    backdev=$(/sbin/cryptsetup status "$dst" \
 		| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
 	    /sbin/cryptsetup remove "$dst"
-	    # Leave partition with a blank plain-text swap
-	    mkswap "$backdev" > /dev/null
 	fi
     done
 fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
 	$"Unmounting file systems (retry): " \
 	-f
 
-[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && umount /proc/bus/usb
+[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && $UMOUNT /proc/bus/usb
 
 [ -f /etc/crypttab ] && \
     LANG=C action $"Stopping disk encryption: " halt_crypto
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
 awk '$2 !~ /\/(|dev|proc|selinux)$/ && $1 !~ /^\/dev\/ram/ { print $2 }' \
     /proc/mounts | sort -r | \
   while read line; do
-    fstab-decode umount -f $line
+    fstab-decode $UMOUNT -f $line
 done
 
 if [ -x /sbin/halt.local ]; then
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/halt
---  
+++  
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
 
 NOLOCALE=1
 . /etc/init.d/functions
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
+[ ! -w /etc ] && UMOUNT="umount -n"
 
 action() {
    echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
 # Try to unmount tmpfs filesystems to avoid swapping them in.  Ignore failures.
 tmpfs=$(awk '$2 ~ /^\/($|proc|dev)/ { next; }
 	     $3 == "tmpfs" { print $2; }' /proc/mounts | sort -r)
-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
+[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode $UMOUNT $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
 
 # Turn off swap, then unmount file systems.
 [ -f /proc/swaps ] && SWAPS=`awk '! /^Filename/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps`
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
 	    backdev=$(/sbin/cryptsetup status "$dst" \
 		| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
 	    /sbin/cryptsetup remove "$dst"
-	    # Leave partition with a blank plain-text swap
-	    mkswap "$backdev" > /dev/null
 	fi
     done
 fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
 	$"Unmounting file systems (retry): " \
 	-f
 
-[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && umount /proc/bus/usb
+[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && $UMOUNT /proc/bus/usb
 
 [ -f /etc/crypttab ] && \
     LANG=C action $"Stopping disk encryption: " halt_crypto
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
 awk '$2 !~ /\/(|dev|proc|selinux)$/ && $1 !~ /^\/dev\/ram/ { print $2 }' \
     /proc/mounts | sort -r | \
   while read line; do
-    fstab-decode umount -f $line
+    fstab-decode $UMOUNT -f $line
 done
 
 if [ -x /sbin/halt.local ]; then
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfslock
---  
+++  
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 RETVAL=0
 start() {
 	# Check that networking is up.
-	[ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
+	[ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
 
 	if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ] ; then
     	[ -x /sbin/rpc.lockd ] || exit 5
@@ -46,9 +46,12 @@
     	STATDARG=""
 	fi
 
-	if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock ]; then
-		return $RETVAL
+	# Make sure the rpc.statd is not already running.
+	if status rpc.statd > /dev/null ; then
+		exit 0
 	fi
+	rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock
+
 	# Start daemons.
 	if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ]; then
 	  echo -n $"Starting NFS locking: "
@@ -64,10 +67,14 @@
 			/sbin/sysctl -w fs.nfs.nlm_udpport=$LOCKD_UDPPORT >/dev/null 2>&1
 	fi  
 	echo -n $"Starting NFS statd: "
+	# Set statd's local hostname if defined
+	[ -n "${STATD_HOSTNAME}" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -n ${STATD_HOSTNAME}"
+
 	# See if a statd's ports has been defined
 	[ -n "$STATD_PORT" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -p $STATD_PORT"
 	[ -n "$STATD_OUTGOING_PORT" ] \
 		&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -o $STATD_OUTGOING_PORT"
+
 	# See if we have an HA-callout program specified
 	[ -n "$STATD_HA_CALLOUT" ] \
 		&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -H $STATD_HA_CALLOUT"
@@ -91,6 +98,7 @@
 	RETVAL=$?
 	echo
 	rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock
+	rm -f /var/run/sm-notify.pid
 	return $RETVAL
 }
 
dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/system.conf
---  
+++  
@@ -15,10 +15,16 @@
   <type>system</type>
 
   <!-- Run as special user -->
-  <user>81</user>
+  <user>dbus</user>
 
   <!-- Fork into daemon mode -->
   <fork/>
+
+  <!-- We use system service launching using a helper -->
+  <standard_system_servicedirs/>
+
+  <!-- This is a setuid helper that is used to launch system services -->
+  <servicehelper>/lib/dbus-1/dbus-daemon-launch-helper</servicehelper>
 
   <!-- Write a pid file -->
   <pidfile>/var/run/messagebus.pid</pidfile>
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-eth
---  
+++  
@@ -105,9 +105,10 @@
 
 # slave device?
 if [ "${SLAVE}" = yes -a "${ISALIAS}" = no -a "${MASTER}" != "" ]; then
-    /sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down
-    echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null
-
+    grep -wq "${DEVICE}" /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves || {
+	/sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down
+	echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null
+    }
     if [ -n "$ETHTOOL_OPTS" ] ; then
         /sbin/ethtool -s ${REALDEVICE} $ETHTOOL_OPTS
     fi
@@ -125,7 +126,7 @@
     for arg in $BONDING_OPTS ; do   
         key=${arg%%=*};
         value=${arg##*=};
-        if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" ]; then
+        if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" -a "${value:0:1}" != "+" ]; then
             OLDIFS=$IFS;
             IFS=',';
             for arp_ip in $value; do
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ppp
---  
+++  
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 [ -x /sbin/pppd -o -x /usr/sbin/pppd ] || {
   echo $"pppd does not exist or is not executable"
   echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVICE} exiting"
-  logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+  /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
     $"pppd does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}"
   exit 1
 }
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
         adsl-start /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/$CONFIG
         exit $?
     else
-        logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+        /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
             $"adsl-start does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}"
         exit 1
     fi
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@
     [ -f ${CHATSCRIPT} ] || {
      echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist"
      echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVNAME} exiting"
-     logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+     /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
        $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist for ${DEVICE}"
      exit 1
     }
   fi
-  logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \
+  /usr/bin/logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \
     $"Setting up a new ${PEERCONF} config file"
   if [ -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ]; then
     cp -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ${PEERCONF}
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
   exec=exec
 fi
 
-(logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+(/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
   $"pppd started for ${DEVNAME} on ${MODEMPORT} at ${LINESPEED}" &)&
 
 $exec pppd $opts ${MODEMPORT} ${LINESPEED} \
tog-pegasus-2.7.0-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/tog-pegasus
---  
+++  
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
 CIMSERVER_BIN=/usr/sbin/cimserver
 prog=cimserver
 LOCKFILE=/var/lock/subsys/tog-pegasus
+LOCKFILE2=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver_start.lock
+PIDFILE=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver.pid
 . /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
 
 [ -e /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus ] && . /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus;
@@ -75,6 +77,7 @@
 	    success;
 	else
 	    failure;
+	    RETVAL=7
 	fi
 	echo
 	;;
@@ -86,8 +89,16 @@
 	    echo -n $"CIM server ($pid) is running";
 	    RETVAL=0
 	else
-	    echo -n $"CIM server is not running";
-	    RETVAL=3
+	    if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then
+                echo -n $"CIM server is not running and pid file exists";
+                RETVAL=1
+            elif [ -e $LOCKFILE ] || [ -e $LOCKFILE2 ]; then
+                echo -n $"CIM server is not running and lock file exists";
+                RETVAL=2
+            else
+              echo -n $"CIM server is not running";
+              RETVAL=3
+            fi
 	fi
 	echo
 	;;
udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules
---  
+++  
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 KERNEL=="mice",			NAME="input/%k"
 KERNEL=="mouse*",		NAME="input/%k"
 
-KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", NAME="input/%k", SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse"
+KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse"
 
 KERNEL=="event*",		NAME="input/%k"
 KERNEL=="js*",			NAME="input/%k", SYMLINK+="%k"
@@ -220,13 +220,6 @@
 KERNEL=="pcd[0-9]*",		SYMLINK+="cdrom cdrom-%k"
 KERNEL=="fd[0-9]*",		SYMLINK+="floppy floppy-%k"
 
-# Section for zaptel device
-KERNEL=="zapctl",     		NAME="zap/ctl"
-KERNEL=="zaptimer",   		NAME="zap/timer"
-KERNEL=="zapchannel", 		NAME="zap/channel"
-KERNEL=="zappseudo",  		NAME="zap/pseudo"
-KERNEL=="zap[0-9]*",  		NAME="zap/%n"
-
 KERNEL=="pktcdvd", NAME="%k/control"
 
 KERNEL=="hd[a-z]", BUS=="ide", SYSFS{removable}=="1", \
@@ -291,12 +284,14 @@
 KERNEL=="sd*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/scsi_id -g -x -a -s %p -d $tempnode"
 KERNEL=="dasd*[!0-9]", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/dasd_id --export $tempnode"
 KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*", SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}"
+KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*", SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}"
 
 # for partitions import parent information
 KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]", IMPORT{parent}=="ID_*"
 KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g -x -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss"
 KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g -x -a -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss"
 KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*", SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}-part%n"
+KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*", SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}-part%n"
 
 # by-path (shortest physical path)
 KERNEL=="*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_TYPE}=="?*", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/path_id %p", SYMLINK+="disk/by-path/$env{ID_PATH}"
dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/session.conf
---  
+++  
@@ -14,12 +14,16 @@
 
   <policy context="default">
     <!-- Allow everything to be sent -->
-    <allow send_destination="*"/>
+    <allow send_destination="*" eavesdrop="true"/>
     <!-- Allow everything to be received -->
     <allow eavesdrop="true"/>
     <!-- Allow anyone to own anything -->
     <allow own="*"/>
   </policy>
+
+  <!-- Config files are placed here that among other things, 
+       further restrict the above policy for specific services. -->
+  <includedir>session.d</includedir>
 
   <!-- This is included last so local configuration can override what's 
        in this standard file -->
@@ -27,4 +31,27 @@
 
   <include if_selinux_enabled="yes" selinux_root_relative="yes">contexts/dbus_contexts</include>
 
+  <!-- For the session bus, override the default relatively-low limits 
+       with essentially infinite limits, since the bus is just running 
+       as the user anyway, using up bus resources is not something we need 
+       to worry about. In some cases, we do set the limits lower than 
+       "all available memory" if exceeding the limit is almost certainly a bug, 
+       having the bus enforce a limit is nicer than a huge memory leak. But the 
+       intent is that these limits should never be hit. -->
+
+  <!-- the memory limits are 1G instead of say 4G because they can't exceed 32-bit signed int max -->
+  <limit name="max_incoming_bytes">1000000000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_outgoing_bytes">1000000000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_message_size">1000000000</limit>
+  <limit name="service_start_timeout">120000</limit>  
+  <limit name="auth_timeout">240000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_completed_connections">100000</limit>  
+  <limit name="max_incomplete_connections">10000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_connections_per_user">100000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_pending_service_starts">10000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_names_per_connection">50000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_match_rules_per_connection">50000</limit>
+  <limit name="max_replies_per_connection">50000</limit>
+  <limit name="reply_timeout">300000</limit>
+
 </busconfig>

A. Historial de revisión

Historial de revisiones
Revisión 3-6.4002013-10-31Rüdiger Landmann
Rebuild with publican 4.0.0
Revisión 3-62012-07-18Anthony Towns
Rebuild for Publican 3.0
Revisión 2.1-0Wed Jan 21 2009Ryan Lerch
Removed iSCSI target capability note from Technology Previews section. This feature is fully supported. For more details on this newly supported feature, refer to the Feature Updates Section of this document.

Aviso Legal

Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc..
This document is licensed by Red Hat under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. If you distribute this document, or a modified version of it, you must provide attribution to Red Hat, Inc. and provide a link to the original. If the document is modified, all Red Hat trademarks must be removed.
Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, OpenShift, Fedora, the Infinity logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Linux® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
Java® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
XFS® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
MySQL® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other countries.
Node.js® is an official trademark of Joyent. Red Hat Software Collections is not formally related to or endorsed by the official Joyent Node.js open source or commercial project.
The OpenStack® Word Mark and OpenStack logo are either registered trademarks/service marks or trademarks/service marks of the OpenStack Foundation, in the United States and other countries and are used with the OpenStack Foundation's permission. We are not affiliated with, endorsed or sponsored by the OpenStack Foundation, or the OpenStack community.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.